LI B RAHY OF THE UN IVLRSITY Of ILLINOIS C A436WW© H 1^04/05" 1310/ II Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/annualannouncem0411stat SSACHUSE 1^11111 Eggs miiiiPBI hHt -•'■■■■'■' v ■ "■ : SBHBHp CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION MASSACHUSETTS \ STATE NORMAL SCHOOL WESTFIELD With Compliments of CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 1904-1905 BOSTON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ■ . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED FIVE .-,-.■<■ .--V .... ■■ pi H § BhShL Hi :•/• :'\ BHhHHh ■'..;■ H *t< p *??93L ■ m^M *4* Sal ;w 1 ■ CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION MASSACHUSETTS \ STATE NORMAL SCHOOL WESTFIELD ESTABLISHED 18 3 9 904-1905 BOSTON . . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ■ . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED FIVE Approved by The State Board of Publication. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION, Established 1837. His Excellency WILLIAM L. DOUGLAS. His Honor CURTIS GUILD, Jr. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B., . George I. Aldrich, A.M., Elmer II. Capen, D.D., LL.D.,. Albert E. Winsiiip, Litt.D., . Geokge H. Conley, A.M., Caroline Hazard, A M., Litt.D. Joel D. Miller, A.M., Kate Gannett Wells, . North Adams, Brookline, . Tufts College, Somerville, Boston, Wellesley, Leominster, Boston, TERM EXPIRES May 25, 1905. May 25, 1906. May 25, 1907. May 25, 1908. May 25, 1909. May 25, 1910. May 25, 1911. May 25, 1912. OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION. George H. Martin, A.M., Secretary, Caleb B. Tillingiiast, A.M., Clerk and Treasurer G renville T. Fletcher, A.M., Agent, . James W. MacDonald, A.M., Agent, John T. Prince, Ph.D., Agent, Walter Sargent, Agent, .... Lynn. Boston. Northampton. Stoneham. Newtonville. Boston. BOARD OF VISITORS. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B. FACULTY. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeur, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law Louis B. Allyn, .... Edith L. Cummings, . Frederic Goodwin, Mrs. Adeline A. Knight, . Will S. Monroe, George T. Sperry, Charles B. Wilson, . , School Management, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. Gymnastics, Manual Training. Vocal Music. English, Literature, History. Psychology, History of Education, Geography. Drawing. Natural Science. TRAINING SCHOOLS. Geor Annette M. Fox, Alice M. Winslow, Anna M. Downey, Metta D. Bradstreet Lucia A. Coleman, Ella J. Downey, Frances L. Parsons, Edith M. Robbins, E. Abbe Clark, Eliza Converse, Frances L. Foster, Florence P. Axtellc, Eunice M. Beebe, Emma L. Hammond, ge W. Winslow, Pr ncipal. Eighth grade. Eighth grade. Seventh grade. Seventh grade. Sixth grade. Sixth grade. Fifth grade. Fifth grade. Fifth grade. Fourth grade. Third grade. Second grade. First grade. Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE8TFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Postmaster-General George B. Cortelyou, Washington, D. C. Class of 1882 (January). VICE PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mrs. Harry M. Gowdy, West field, Mass. Class of 1894. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westfield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mrs. Russell L. Scott, Chicopee, Mass. Class of 1884. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Newton, Mass. Class of 1889. Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass Class of 1868. Mrs. Edwin Spencer, Warren, Mass. Class of 1881. Mr. George B. Woodward, Cambridge, Mass. Class of 1897. STATE WORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. CALENDAR FOR 1905-1906. SPRING RECESS. From 12 M. on Friday, March 17, 1905, to Tuesday, March 28, 1905, at 9 a.m. SPRING TERM. March 28, 1905, to Saturday, June 24, 1905, at 12.10 p.m. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 26, 1905. GRADUATION. Tuesday, Jane 27, 1905, at 2 p.m. FIRST ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. Thursday and Friday, June 29 and 30, 1905, at 9 a.m. SECOND ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. Tuesday and Wednesday, Sept. 12 and 13, 1905, at 9 a.m. BEGINNING OF SCHOOL YEAR.* Thursday, Sept. 14, 1905, at 9 a.m. FIRST SCHOOL TERM. From Thursday, Sept. 14, 1905, at 9 a.m. until Saturday, Dec. 2, 1905. THANKSGIVING RECESS. From Wednesday, 12 m., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday at 9 am. * Those seniors who are assigned to the training school for the fall term will begin their school year Monday, Sept. 11, 1905. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. SECOND SCHOOL TERM. From Monday, Dec. 4, 1905, until Friday, March 15, 1906, at 12.10 p.m. CHRISTMAS RECESS. From Friday, 4 p.m. Dec. 15, 1905, to Tuesday, Jan. 2, 1906, at 9 a.m. SPRING RECESS. From 12 m. on Friday, March 15, 1906, to Tuesday, March 27, 1906, at 9 a.m. GRADUATION. Tuesday, June 26, 1906, at 2 p.m. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m., in the assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day. They should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations accommodations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, school closes at noon. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to Westfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 4,637, of svhom 498 have been men. Since is;)."), the date of the first formal graduation, 1,856 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of stud v. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 12,000 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad stations past the school, and connect Westfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is ' bo arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April 18, 1*92. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen- tifully supplied with casts, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The sloyd room is equipped with nineteen benches, and with all tools and material necessary for instructing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more com- plete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportunity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing: accommodations for 70 students. A fuller description may be found on page 45 under the caption " Dickinson Hall." STATE .Vo/M/.l/, SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating 120 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building, at a cost of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for 450 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teachers' room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, bicycle room, and is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equip- ment for the teaching of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both build- ings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. No ampler provision for training teachers for the actual work of their profession has been made by any normal school Jn the country. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL, The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organizing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Com- monwealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental training. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIEL1J. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). Their fitness for admission will be determined by : — 1. Their standing in a physical examination. 2. Their moral character. 3. Their high school record. 4. A written examination. 5. An oral examination. PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901: — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admission to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the oflice of teacher, and also to examine any student at any time in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his continuance in the school. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 13 requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a ^ood statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should, pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater con- fidence they may have in guarding themselves against the contingencies of an examination and of satisfying the exam- iners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. The examinations will embrace papers on the following groups of subjects, a single paper with a maximum time allowance of two hours to cover each of groups I., II., and IV., and a single paper with a maximum time allowance of one hour to cover each of groups III. and V. (five papers with a maximum time allowance of eight hours) : — I. Language. — (a) English, with its grammar and litera- ture and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. eminent of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (b and c) any two of the following: physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy, and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color, and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATION. Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not other- wise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidates will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Reading and Practice. — A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a consider- able Dumber set before him in the examination paper. In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written work done in con- nection with the reading of the books. The books set for this part of the examination are : — 1905. — Shakespeare's The Merchant of Venice and Julius Csesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator; Goldsmith's The Vicar of Wakefield ; Coleridge's The Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Tennyson's The Princess ; Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's, Silas Marner; Carlyle's Essay on Burns. 1906—1908. — Shakespeare's Macbeth and The Merchant of Venice ; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spec- tator: livings Life of Goldsmith; Coleridge's The Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe and The Lady of the Lake; Ten- nyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, and The Passing of Arthur; Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas Marner. 2. Study and Practice. — This part of the examination 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. presupposes a more careful study of each of the works named below. The examination will be upon subject-mat- ter, form, and structure. In addition, the candidate may be required to answer questions involving the essentials of English grammar and questions on the leading facts in those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed works belong. The books set for this part of the examination will be : — 1905. — Shakespeare's Macbeth, Milton's Lycidas, Comus, L'Allegro and IlPenseroso; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America ; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison. 1906-1908. — Shakespeare's Julius Caesar ; Milton's L'Al- legro, II Penseroso, Comus and Lycidas; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America ; Macaulay's Essay on Addison and Life of Johnson. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its prin- ciples and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incidentally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text-book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make them- selves familiar with the grander features of government in STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Massachusetts and the Tinted States. Collateral reading; in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history hears conspicuously on that of the United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those ad- dicted to their use. (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, — physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in perspec- tive. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four, and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or played. 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation . EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — II. Mathematics. III. United States history. IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. Preliminary examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- Benl a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the- form of certificate to be substantially as follows: — STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 has been a pupil in the School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher, . Address,. The group known as I. Language must be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubtless be found generally advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several nor- mal school buildings in accordance with the following sched- ule : — 1905. — Thursday and Friday, June 29 and 30 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 12 and 13. 1006. —Thursday and Friday, June 28 and 29 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 11 and 12. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. shall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, literature, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, bookkeeping, elementary algebra and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. o. Observation and practice in the training school, and observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For :i more detailed account of this course, see pages 22-36. stats: \<>i;ual school, westfield. 21 II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Board of Visitors and the principal of any normal school may arrange for a third year of study and practice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, whenever in their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics ar- ranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall bo under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its com- pletion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study and his- tory are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two years' course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Board of Visitors, select a course which may be completed in one year; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. Graduates of colleges and universities, with the consent of the Board of Visitors and the principal of the school, may take a special course of one year, which shall include two terms of study and one term in the practice school. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find, their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that Course V. has been planned. For a more detailed account of this course see pages 38-42, GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. (a) Elementary Psychology. — The course in elementary psychology includes (1) a study of the physiology of the brain and central nervous system, and the relation of the same to mental development: special attention is given to the nature and training of the senses of sight, hearing, and touch; (2) study of the less complex phases of perception, memory, imagination, thought, the emotions and move- ments, and their development during the elementary school period; (3) study of the personal reminiscences of the childhood of the students, to give them practice in the study of subjective mental phenomena, and to deepen and broaden their concepts of the subjective states of childhood ; (4) care- STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 23 fill reading and review of a standard reminiscent study of childhood, such as Pierre Loti's Story of a Child, Tolstoi's Childhood, Boyhood, and Youth, John Stuart Mill's Auto- biography, etc. ; (5) study of an individual child. Ilal- leck's Psychology and Psychic Culture, James's Psychology (briefer course), Kirkpatrick's Inductive Psychology, and Hooper's Study in Apperception are used as texts (junior year: first and second terms, two hours a week). (b) Physiological Psychology. — More detailed study of the growth and functions of the brain and central nervous system; relation of the same to education; sense defects and school work; factors conditioning growth of children; relation of exercise, sleep, and nutrition to growth and mental development.. Donaldson's Growth of the Brain, Carpenter's Mental Physiology, Ziehen's Physiological Psy- chology, M'Kendrick and Snodgrass's Physiology of the Senses, James's Principles of Psychology, Titchener's Out- lines of Psychology, as well as the works of Kiilpe, Wundt, Sully, Thorndike, Baldwin, Ladd, Calkins, Bain, Spencer, Kihot, and Sanford, are used as reference guides (junior year: third term, two hours a week). (c) Genetic Psychology. — Studies in the physical, in- tellectual, and moral development of young children; fac- tors conditioning mental development, as heredity and environment; mental fatigue and its relation to mental work ; development of motor ability ; comparative studies of the minds of the lower animals and of savages with those ot defective and delinquent children ; observations and tests of senses, memory, attention, motor power, fatigue, etc., of individual children, and the collation and discussion of such data. The course in genetic psychology is designed to pre- sent the facts, so far as they have been scientifically deter- mined, concerning the nature and development of the mind during childhood and adolescence, and to provide the pro- jective teacher with sound criteria for estimating theories about the child's mind, as well as to give adequate training 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. in the concrete study of child life. The texts used are Prevers Development of the Intellect and Senses and Will, Tracy's Psychology of Childhood, Kirkpatrick's Fundamen- tals of Child Study, Barnes's Studies in Education, Eowe's Physical Nature of the Child, Sully's Studies of Childhood, Hall's Adolescence, together with the writings of Warner, Chamberlain, Oppenheim, Miss Shinm, Mrs. Moore, Rus- sell, Compayre, Perez, and Baldwin (senior year: two terms, two hours a week). HISTOBY OF EDUCATION. (a) History of European Education. — Study of the de- velopment of educational theories in the educational systems of Europe, including Greek education, origin of the univer- sities and rise of higher education, humanism and the renais- sance, realism and scientific education, naturalism and the activity of the child. Provision is made for the critical study of portions of such educational classics as Plato's Republic, Montaigne's Education of Children, Mulcaster's Positions, Comenius's School of Infancy and Great Didactic, Locke's Thoughts Concerning Education, Rousseau's Emile, Pestalozzi's Leonard and Gertrude, Froebel's Education of Man, Herbart's Science of Education, and Herbert Spencer's Education. The course is given in lectures, discussions, and readings. Compayre's History of Pedagogy is in the hands of the students, but outside study is based chiefly on the books by Quick, Williams, J. P. Munroe, Davidson, Paul Monroe, Laurie, Woodward, W. S. Monroe, Barnard, Rash- dall, I)e Garmo, Hughes, Kriisi and Bowen (junior year: first ;iikI second terms, one hour a week). (b) History of American Education. — The course traces the successive ideals of the different streams of early Amcri- < .in civilization, as the English Puritans in New England, the English Quakers in Pennsylvania, the English cava- liers in Virginia, the Dutch in New York, the Swedes in Delaware, the French Huguenots and the Scotch-Irish. STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 25 Special attention is given to the growth of the Massachu- setts school system, the origin of American normal schools, and the history of educational associations in the United States. Brief study is made of some of the earlier Ameri- can contributions to the literature of education, including the writings of Joseph Neef, Samuel R. Hall, David P. Page, Horace Mann, Henry Barnard, and William T. Harris. Boone's History of Education in the United States and Mar- tin's Evolution of the Massachusetts School System are used as texts, with required readings from the works by Barnard, Wickersham, Adams, Winship, Hinsdale, Dexter, and Monroe (junior year: third term, one hour a week). PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The application to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above; a study of methodology; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the stand-point of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use of school discipline as an agency in the moral culture of the child ; a discussion of the curriculum of elementary schools ; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic prin- ciples of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectures on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heating, ventilating, and lighting of school rooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils teaching in the training schools. NATURAL SCIENCE. In all science teaching of this school a constant effort is made along three essential lines : — First, a clear presentation of the truths and principles 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. underlying the science. These are learned as far as possible at first hand in the field or the laboratory, and care is taken that they are rightly comprehended. Second, individual instruction and practice in the inter- pretation of these truths and in logical modes of reasoning based upon them. Lastly and chiefly, a thorough drill in the best pedagog- ical methods of presenting such truths and interpretations in elementary instruction. The first two are always subordi- nate, being used as a necessary means to secure success in the third. As a further help toward the same end, large additions have been made to the apparatus and the reference libraries, until it may be fairly said that the school is unsurpassed in point of equipment by any other of like rank. The geological and mineralogical laboratory is equipped with a complete working collection of minerals, rocks, and fossils, and the necessary apparatus for studying them. A valuable cabinet collection is in constant use for reference and comparison. It is believed that an actual acquaintance with rocks, minerals, and organic forms is of greater value than much abstract knowledge. The biological and physiological laboratory is furnished with excellent cabinets of preserved material, to which con- stant additions arc being made, and which are amply suffi- cient lor individual use. It possesses, in addition, a series of chaits, casts, and models illustrating human anatomy; a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body; and a fine herbarium of local plants. Living material is used as far as possible, and sufficient apparatus has been purchased to enable the stu- dents to prepare what is required for their own use, and thus to gain practical experience in the collecting, preserv- ing, and arranging of such material. Zoology. — Genera] characteristics of animals; a study of typical animals, considerable attention being paid to their STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 27 habits, modes of life, and their uses; these types are selected from the fauna of the vicinity, and as far as possible the home of the animal is reproduced in the laboratory, and the pupil is required to become acquainted with its habits and daily life, as well as its structure, from actual observation ; a special study of insects and birds, with reference to their economic relations; the principles of classification. The more common species are chosen, in consequence of their adaptation to elementary instruction, and the pupils practise the best methods of presenting such nature work. Physiology. — A general outline of the subject, including the anatomy, physiology, and hygiene of the different organs and parts of the body. Special attention is given to a thor- ough understanding of the nervous system as a physiological basis for the study of psychology. The brain of the sheep, the spinal cord of the rabbit and pigeon, and the nerves of the frog, suitably preserved, are dissected by the students individually, and carefully compared with those of the human body in structure and function, while physiology is taught by means of simple experiments. All the anatomy is illus- trated by preparations of the organs of the human body, and by a dissection of similar organs in other animals, while microscopical structure is demonstrated by means of sections which are prepared in the laboratory. The pupils assist in the work, and thus learn how to properly prepare and pre- serve physiological material, and how to use it for illustrat- ing the subject in connection with models and simple experi- ments. Drawings and descriptions are required of essential structures. Mineralogy and Geology. — The properties, varieties, and uses of the more important minerals, and their composition ; rocks as composed of minerals ; ores of the common metals : a study of the more useful industries connected with certain minerals, e.g., the mining of coal, the manufacture of coal gas, of plaster of Paris, of salt, of glass, the smelting of iron, etc. The inorganic agencies now in operation upon 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. the earth, and their influence upon its structure and on the present contour of the surface ; a general study of the sur- rounding region ; the kinds of rock found, their origin and mode^of formation; structural geology, — treating of the kinds, structure, arrangement, and composition of rocks ; their importance and economic value ; the influence of dif- ferent organic agencies ; geological formations ; the geologic history of New England, with special reference to Massa- chusetts. In this historical portion,. as the Mesozoic strata are well represented in the vicinity, that period will be a subject for special study. The field work consists of excur- sions to available points of geological interest, and the col- lection and identification of at least twenty-five specimens of rocks and minerals of the region, instruction bein^ oiven in their classification and arrangement. Special effort is made to correlate this work with physical geography, physics, and chemistry. Botany. — The seed and germi nation ; the organs of the plant, root, stem, buds, leaves; the tissues ; the plant cell, protoplasm and its properties ; inflorescence ; a study of typical flowers, with reference to their plan and structure ; fertilization and conditions of growth ; fruits ; a few types of flowerless plants. Westfield is particularly rich in its flora, and much field work will be done, the pupils being required to collect, analyze, prepare, and mount their own specimens. They will also be led to interpret the form, structure, and habits of plants in their habitats, and to illus- trate their work by the drawings of parts and tissues. A course of nature study for elementary schools is outlined. OTHER SCIENCES. Physics. — Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familial- through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 29 a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, tight, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. Through much laboratory work, the student becomes famil- iar with the construction, manipulation, and use of physical apparatus. Exercises which have a direct bearing upon e very-day lite are given. The practical idea is made clear. The pupil discovers for herself the principles and facts relat- ing to the special phase of the subject under consideration. Opportunity to make original investigations is given to students especially interested in science. In addition to the benefit to the teacher herself, she learns to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as seem desirable. CHEMISTRY. The work in this department is treated under three gen- eral divisions, — historical, academic, and applied chemistry. Of these, the last-mentioned receives by far the greatest attention. No text-book is used, but a large amount of reference matter is available. Facts are gained by actual work. The laboratory is equipped with a generous supply of the latest apparatus, and all conveniences are at the students' disposal. From the days of the earliest alchemists (or practitioners of the black art), the development of the science is traced step by step to the founder of modern chemistry, Lavoisier. The academic work includes type experiments with the gases, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon-dioxid, chlorine, and such of the hydro-carbons as time will allow, and in addition to these, analysis and synthesis of the acids, hydro- chloric, nitric, sulfuric, acetic, etc., together with the rational use of chemical symbols and formulae. The applied or practical work includes, among other ex- ercises of an interesting character, the qualitative analysis of 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. water, samples of which pupils procure from different parts of the town, and a thorough analysis of which they perform in the laboratory by the most approved methods. Many bring samples of water from their homes and analyze them for the benefit of their parents and friends. The removal of stains of various kinds, fruit, ink, grease, iron rust, paint, etc., furnishes an excellent opportunity for applying principles of bleaching and action of acids and alkalis upon different kinds of fabrics. Before finishing the course every pupil is expected to be able to remove stains of the above-mentioned types. Work in dyeing is treated from an entirely original stand- point. Each pupil at first dyes different fabrics with colors extracted from many common sources, such as bright-colored flowers, leaves, berries, and fruits ; later, work in anilin dyes affords opportunity for each student to learn something of this useful art, and at the same time to apply some of the oft-neglected principles of chemistry. Actual work in the extraction of flavors and perfumes is performed by the student, and samples of orange, lemon, vanilla, etc., are the criteria of her skill. Experiments are given by which the determination of alcohol in cider, patent medicines, wines, and " soft drinks" is made simple. Every teacher who expects to do effective service in the public schools should have at her disposal some method of remedying, if not of eradicating, the cigarette evil. Two exercises are given, in which the analysis of the cigarette is made easily possible. The person who conscientiously per- forms this work will have a deeper antipathy to this " white horror," and be better prepared to fight it in a rational manner. The average teacher is little aware of the enormous amount of foreign and oft-times injurious material consumed under the name of candy and gum. Simple analyses of these substances throw much light Upon a heretofore obscure sub- , STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. :il ject. Canned goods, such as corn, tomatoes, peas, etc., furnish a scries of intensely interesting experiments, since only the few know of what they are eating. Students are not encouraged in any sense to become "food faddists," but rather to apply chemical principles in a way most interest- ing and helpful to themselves. The course is not presented with the object of making chemistry teachers of the pupils, but rather to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with valuable information, by which she can keep both mind and body in a normal, healthy condition. GEOGRAPHY. The study of geography covers two terms, and includes : — 1. A study of the structure of the world ridge, and a de- tailed study of the structure of each of the continents, including the mountain ranges and peaks, river systems, and lakes. These are drawn in outline and modeled in relief as studied. 2. A study of geographic forces, including the movements of the earth, seasons, temperature, winds, and rainfall, with special reference to the climate of the United States. 3. The geographic distribution and economic uses of min- erals, plants and animals. 4. The study of peoples, — their mental and physical characteristics, languages, religions, governments, indus- tries, and habitations. ">. The study of commerce, its origin, mediums of ex- change, means of transport, commercial routes, aids to commerce, and the leading commercial nations, — their com- mercial advantages, commodities, and commercial centres. In addition the classes are given problems touching the adaptation of the subject-matter of geography to the capacity of children in the different school years, the correlation of geographic readings, the use of geographic pictures, maps, globes, and other teaching aids. 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — Study of the dictionary ; diacritical marks and pronunciation ; study of phonetics for teaching purposes ; methods of teaching reading in elementary schools, and frequent practice with classes of children from the model schools. Preparation of reading material for school use. Grammar. — Classification of the parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and sentences by the laboratory method ; analysis of sentences in a simple way. The natural method of teaching language in elementary schools is used, and the pupils them- selves are required to give lessons. English Composition. — It is chiefly as a practical art that the subject is presented in this school. Description, narra- tion, exposition, and argument are taught from daily practice in writing, followed by the teacher's criticism. Much atten- tion is paid to the external form of the paragraph. A com- position is regarded as a living product of an active mind ; therefore, there is constant and careful study of the way in which paragraphs grow, of the order in which to say things, and of what not to say. Pupils are trained to intelligent criticism of language work. English and American Literature. — A study of some of the literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the purpose being to help the pupil to appreciate the best. The history of literature is taught in a subordinate way only, to enable the pupil to understand the setting of an author's work; correlation of myths with nature study; courses of literature for elementary schools are developed. There are some variations from term to term. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — A rapid review by Ihe laboratory method of the history of our country from I he early discoveries to the present, and of the framework of national, State, and municipal government. Instruction STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELB. 33 in the proper use of pictures and maps as aids in teaching history ; correlation with literature, a thorough drill in a good pedagogical method of presenting the subject. Stories of the explorers and the biographies of eminent Americans are recast in the vocabulary of childhood for use in primary grades. General History. — Ancient Nations. — Peoples and migra- tions ; geographical position and consequences ; inheritances ; social, political, intellectual, aesthetic, moral, religious, and industrial development; characteristic institutions ; legacies. Mediaeval and Modern History. — Instruction and train- ing are given in the inductive method as applied to history, with a view to the development of the " historical spirit." The method is illustrated by a careful study of a few coun- tries, with special attention to the main forces at work, the growth of nationality and constitutional government, and the relation of Europe to America. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — Failure on the part of the teacher to recog- nize and to apply the fundamental principles of number according to well-established psychic law r s invariably results in failure on the part of the pupil to understand and to intelligently use the simple processes of arithmetic. No text-book is placed in the hands of the student ; all processes and methods are developed. The importance of the reason for performing the various arithmetical operations i< duly emphasized. The modern teacher should fully appreciate the fact that the day of set rules and inflexible formulae is past. The child is no longer told to " invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication." By far the greatest value of any mathe- matical rule lies in its discovery. Students are trained to discover; having discovered, to apply. Recognizing in the Grube method a line of thought incom- patible with true mathematical concepts, the pupil is thor- 34 STATE tfO&MAL school, wkstfieLD. oughly drilled in the movable or flexible unit system, which is so ably treated in Dewey and McLellan's Psychology of Number. The student becomes familiar with our leading arithmetics, from which many characteristic problems are selected. She is required to solve a problem intelligently, whether she sup- plies the essential data or takes it as presented by some second person. The course continues throughout the junior year and in- cludes one hundred fourteen recitation periods. The work is taken by grades, and comprises exercises in sense training and in relative magnitude, discovery of the primary prin- ciples of number, the history of its decimal system, and the applications of number as a means of measurement. The aim of the course is to <*ive the teachers a logical method of presenting arithmetic, free from fads and reason- destroying practices ; to teach them to be self-reliant, effi- cient, accurate, quick to appreciate and to apply. All of this tends strongly towards the betterment of our public schools. Algebra. — The relation of algebra and arithmetic is always kept before the pupil. Methods of developing the algebraic processes are carefully examined. Students are encouraged to find methods of their own for presenting special phases of the subject. Objects and diagrams are used whenever clearness can be gained thereby. The equation is treated from an original stand-point, and is shown in its true character. All opera- tions and many'of the problems given in Milne's grammar school algebra are fully treated. In order to get the greatest good from this course, the pupil should be well prepared in algebra through quadratic equations. Geometry The history of the subject, both ancient and modern, is presented. The student, becomes familiar with some of the world's greatest mathematicians and the infill- ROOM FOR DRAWING 'RAWING DEPARTMENT — ONE OF THE STUD STATE \<>i;u.\L school, ii r.siri /■;/./>. ence of their work. She has at 1km- disposal a large amount o\' unusual but extremely valuable material, in the form of ancient theorems and their uses, calculated to interest the most indifferent pupil. The subject is treated in its two-fold aspeet, — first, as applied to the measurement of lines, surfaees, and solids, in which the use of simple measuring instruments is taught, and secondly as related to reason and logic. The student should become a clear, fearless, original thinker, who dares attempt the solution of a theorem by other than set text- book methods. OTHER SUBJECTS. Art and Drawing. — This course treats the subject from two points of view : — The objective side aims to give the pupils a knowledge of the principles of representation in outline, light and dark, and in color. Historic art in architecture, sculpture, and painting is studied with reference to its bearing upon our present social problems, and as a source of motifs for applied work in design. The principles of beauty in color and form are taught as a basis for the subjective work in picture-study and design. The subjective or creative side is emphasized, in the belief that in the field of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all phases of school work and social life, and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades <>f elementary and high schools, and outlines, lesson plans, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. Vocal Music, — Musical History. — A rapid review of ancient history, including the music of the Chinese, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos; the influence of the Israelites and the Grecians ; the Roman Empire ; the part taken by the 36 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. early church in fostering the "Divine .Art," the advent of the Paris school of music (the first national school of music), the Gallo-Belgic and the Netherland schools ; the rise and decline of Italy's musical prestige, and the birth of our modern music ; the classical school and its masters ; the in- fluence of the Germans ; the romantic school ; and the growth of musical interests in America. Harmony, the Grammar of Music. — Intervals, scales, triads, inversion of triads, chords, inversion of chords, har- monizing basses, chords of the dominant seventh, preparation and resolution, cadences and suspensions. Musical Notation. — No effort will be made to follow any published system of school music, but the rudiments will be studied with especial regard to the needs of public school music, and the pupils will have practical drill in doing (sing- ing) throughout the course. Special attention will be given to individual drill, and those who think they cannot sing will be given the most careful training, by which they will be convinced that they can learn to sing, and their value in the public school room will thus be enhanced. Chorus Classes. — In chorus classes pains will be taken to acquaint the pupils with the best that the musical world offers . Manual Training. — This course will include paper fold- ing, paper cutting, basketry, compressing raffia and reed, and woodwork, including whittling and bench work. The raffia used is dyed by the students as a part of the course in chemistry ; the models used in the bench work are designed by the students as an application of the work in drawing. Physical Training. — Physical training on the basis of the Ling system of gymnastics. Study of the principles of educational gymnastics, and their application in the, Ling system. Practical work in the gymnasium, gymnastic games, squad :iihI class drills conducted by the students. ROOM FOR HISTORY AND LITERATURE. LIBRARY. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. :)7 10 "* ■* CO 01 — "M 01 Ol 1 CO 1 01 1 * H '— y. a . . . o i 'S sd g .its. 7. ' b&2 Z >. - - - .-< .oo 5 a'~ H a fa u &*W G O h a >.•- = « rfl <-2-;-:r^_^ 1 - = - = H-r rfSJlS ~ - =7 ■ — >» >, >, OR_ nr I nr i nn TI DICKINSON HALL. "Pl-AM op Fle^t Floor.. 5c ALE Third floo is like second, except that space southeast of contains gymnasium and rooms for servants.) STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 45 lighted school home, with accommodations for 70 students. Floor plans and an accurate description of this building are given in the cuts facing this page. Rooms will be assigned once each year by lot , two students occupying a suite of three rooms. Whenever possible, students should indicate their choice of room-mate. In all cases those desiring rooms should notify the matron as soon as possible after, their ad- mission to the school. The price of board in the boarding halls connected with the normal schools of the State is $160 for the school year, payable in advance as follows: $40 at the beginning of the school year in September; $40 on November 15; $40 on February 1 ; and $40 on April 15. This rate includes board, furnished room (except as below) , steam heat, gas, and laundry, for such time as the school is in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission of the principal, remain at the hall dur- ing any vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Each boarder is required to bring towels, napkins, a nap- kin-ring, two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school does not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will no answer. Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per day or |5 per week; dinner, 35 cents; supper or breakfast, 25 cents ; lodging, 50 cents. In Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement -pace has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclur- 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. sively for students' use ; set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school work in gymnastics is given in this room ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room are situated on the first floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the central fire station of the town, which is situated near by ; extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor ; electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour during the nistfit. Pupils who do not live in Westfield and who do not return to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduates of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 47 office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. [f alumnae sending their addresses will also forward testimo- nials of success, the principal can act for them more intelli- gently. It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experience before entering the normal school and in the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as may be filed from time to time. Such data will be considered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents and school committees. GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text books, and, if rea- sonable notice is given, they can usually be accommodated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, school commit- tees, and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation, address the principal at Westneld 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Names of Pupils. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. SENIORS. Allen, Grace L., Beebe, Sarah E., Brosnan, Minnie A., South Street, . Burke, Louise I., 114 Nonotuck Street, Buxton, Julia B., 16 Woodside Terrace, Campbell, Helen R., 432 Front Street, Carroll, Bessie V., 88 Orange Street, Casey, Mary E., 40 Walnut Street, . Clark, Mary M., Hawthorne Street, Donahue, Helena E., 750 Main Street, Donoghue, Agnes J., 427 Elm Street, Donseroe, Genevieve, 111 Summer Street, Doppmann, Barbara, 39 Prospect Street, Fairbanks, Katharine L., 754 Chestnut Street Foster, Clara L., Gorman, Josephine M. C, 1 Wolcott Street, Gowdy, Jessie M., 18 Oakland Street, . Graffam, May E., 11 Ann Street, Healy, Mary F., 75 Charles Street, . Hildreth, Martha E. (P. O. South Deerfield), Ketchum, Mildred E., 61 Catharine Street, Kidnay, Anna M., 196 Lyman Street, Lavvlor, Nellie T., Lee, M. Luella, Lynn, Grace D., 311 Walnut Street, Lyon, Mildred E., 53 Union Street, McKenzie, Lena M., 13 Hancock Street,. McPhee, Mary E., 63 Commonwealth Avenue Morey, Flora L., Moriarty, M. Esther, 8 O'Connor Avenue Mullaly, Elizabeth K., .... Murphy, Helen T., 102 West Street, Nelligan, Mary \i., 5 Bobbins Avenue, . O'Brien, Helen A., 6 Franklin Avenue, . O'Brien, Lillian C Barre. East Longmeadow. West Warren. Holyoke. Springfield. Chicopee. Westfield. Holyoke. Lenox. Springfield. Holyoke. Springfield. Hatfield. Springfield. Lenox Dale. Holyoke. Springfield. Fairview. Springfield. East Whately. Springfield. Holyoke. Thorndike. Sheffield. Holyoke. Franklin. Springfield. Springfield. Three Rivers. Holyoke. Haydenville. Holyoke. Pittslield. Westfield. Turners Falls. STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 41) O'Connor, Ellen V. (P. O. Bondsville), . O'Connor, Katherine II., 87 Walnut Street, O'Neil, To res a B., 61 Taylor Street, Pease, Corinne E., Pease, Edith C, Pease, Mabel A., 132 Garfield Street, . Phillips, Florence B., 14 Cleveland Street, Pratt, Mary G., Randall, Amy L. Rockwell, Harriet O., 43 Terrence Street, Sears, Katherine, 23 Fairfield Avenue, . Shepard, Mabel E., 15 Ashley Street, . Snyder, Elizabeth G., Sullivan, Lillie M. M., .... Tate, Florence E., 17 S. Church Street, . "Warner, Marion E., . Warren, Anna M., 213 Lyman Street, Welch, Mary L., 110 East Dwight Street, Wittan, Elizabeth H., 275 Waconah Street, Woodard, Mary F., Young, Ida B., 38 Holland Avenue, South Belchertown. Holyoke. Chicopee Falls. Wilbraham. East Longmeadow. Springfield. Springfield. East Longmeadow. Belchertown. Springfield. Holyoke. Mittineague. Gilbertville. Bondsville. Pittsfield. Sunderland. Holyoke. Holyoke. Pittsfield. Warren. Westfield. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. SENIORS. Cargel, Kathryn M., 15 Avery Street, Crafts, Mabel L., . Fiske, Ruth E., Main Street, . Parker, Leila M., 55 High Street, . Plumb, Cora M„ .... Westfield. East Whately. Palmer. Springfield. Southwick. ONE YEAR'S COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. Morrow, Horace E., 175 Maple Street, . . . Springfield. ONE YEAR'S COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Cross, Susie L, Becket. Willis, Flora G., 88 Bay Street, .... Springfield. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIORS. Abbott, Lillian E., 12 Westfield Street, jBabb, Ethel R., .... Bascom, Ada B., 32 Kenwood Park, Camp, Bertha B., . . Mittineague. . Chester. . Springfield. . Montgomery. 50 S T. J TE NORMAL S CIIO OL, WES TF1 E L l> , Canavan,K. Agnes, 51 North Street, Caouette, M. F. Stella, 125 Main Street, Carinody, May F., Carroll, Grace M., 88 Orange Street, Chittenden, Mary T., 41 Salcombe Street, Connery, Margaret R., 18 Wright Street, Coughlin, Anna M., 40 Mechanic Street, Dadman, Edith M., 21 Avery Street, Dana, Esther M., Dillon, Agnes A., Donovan, Mary L., . Dugan, Mary, Dunbar, Minnie E,, .... Fanning, Rosa E-, 34 Orange Street, Fitzgerald, Anna G., 291 Chestnut Stree Fuller, Alice H., 34 Main Street, . Glasheen, Katherine A., 263 North Main Street, Goodale, Elizabeth M., . Grant, Lillian M., Montgomery Street, Greene, Stella M., . Guinasso, Amelia J., 7 Bush Street, Haley, Margaret G., 75 Lincoln Street, Hennick, Lilla M., 21 Lamb Street, Hosmer, Florence E., 34 Noble Avenue Irwin, Sadie J., 21 William Street, . Kennedy, Helen T., 56 Pine Street, Kiley, Sarah V., 17 Chestnut Street, Lawrence, Nina B., . Leary, Mary V., 65 Kenwood Park, Lee, Mary E., 145 Magazine Street, Ludden, Genevieve A., 143 North Street Lynn, Augusta H., 311 Walnut Street, Mack, Mary E., 65 Edgeland Avenue, McCarty, Mary V., 332 Brovvnell Street, Mcllugh, Margaret A., 424 Maple Street, Morse, Mary B., Murphy, Hose, 38 West Main Street, Murray, Margaret C, 48 Ferry Street, O'Brien, S. Alice;, 61 Pearl Street, . Poller, Ethel V., 25 Suffolk Street, . Riley, Katherine V., 100 Main Street, Schladenhauffen, Frederica F., Shumway, Ruby M., Smith, Bertha F., 25 Harrison Avenue, Snyder, Marian Louise, . Northampton. Westfield. Belchertown. Westfield. Dorchester. Easthampton. Westfield. Westfield. South Amherst. Monson. Turners Falls. Ware. Lenox. Westfield. Holyoke. Claremont, N. H, Gardner. Amherst. Willimansett. North Wilbraham. AVestfield. Holyoke. South Hadley Falls. Westfield. Ware. Holyoke. Hatfield. North Leverett. Springfield. Springfield. Springfield. Holyoke. Springfield. Fall Kiver. Holyoke. Barre. Ware. Easthampton. Pittsfield. Holyoke. Haydenville. West Springfield South Amherst. Westfield. I rilbertville. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 51 Sonthmayd, Pearl A., 45 Montrose Street, Spooner, B. Eleanor, .... Sullivan, Alice T., North Main Street, . Sylvester, Sylvia, 15 Nonotuck Street, . Taylor, Madeline D., 14 Stebbins Street, Whittemore, Adeline E., dishing Street KINDERGARTEN COURSE. JUNIORS. Avery, Alice R., 56 Jefferson Street, Farrar, Mabel K., 1 Dana Street, . Springfield. Bar re. Monson. Northampton. Springfield. North Brookfield. VVestfield. Amherst. SPECIAL STUDENTS. Barber, Carolyn M., Bates, Bertha C, 177 Main Street, . Bigelow, Luna E., 44 Jackson Street, . Cargill, Florence G., 11 Chestnut Street, Charter, Edna A., 46 Oakland Street, . Crowther, Cora J., 223 Broadway, . Dearborn, Abigail, 69 Western Avenue, Derrick, Charles V., 85 Orange Street, . Harries, Mildred, 120 West Silver Street, Knox, Sadie B., 75 Pochassic Street, Mantor, Maud L Mellen, Eleanor M., 123 Exchange Street, Hash, Bessie L., 11 South Maple Street, Payne, Mabel M., 20 Hubbard Avenue, . Phelps, Anna M., 12 Princeton Street, . Saunders, C. Mabel, 10 Carpenter Avenue, IVadsworth, Mary Wynne, 28 Pleasant Street South Deerfield. Westfield. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield. Chicopee Falls. Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Buck land. Chicopee. Westfield. Springfield. Westfield. Westfield. Springfield. SUMMARY. Seniors in general course, Seniors in kindergarten course, One year's course for college graduates, year's course for teachers, Juniors in general course, Juniors in kindergarten course, Special students, . . Total, ... 56 5 1 2 55 2 17 138 Certificate Required for Admission to a Preliminary Examination. 190 has been a pupil in the School for years and is, in my judgment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group, or groups, of subjects and the divisions thereof: Signature of principal or teacher, Address, Certificate of Graduation and Good Character. This is to Certify that M is a regular graduate of a four years' course of the High School, and that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, he is a person of good moral character. Principal. 190 Certificate of Good Health. This is to Certify that I am personally and professionally acquainted with M , and that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, he is free from any disease or infirmity that would unfit. for the office of a teacher. 190 M.D. _i Cand idatoc will tear out above. PAKtiflratPQ and ni»£>co nt thnm JBdK IIP *M*m •'.-•■ :'■".•.■.■ ■HHHi f^^»l^^ KtHw Siflf ■ ■ i r m £S _ H J S' 8 >- ■ KUiBHiiKff ■•■ . ■•• • ■ "■»'•■ ■••*■■•••■•■ *"■•■ • •■ . ■ '■ ' ' ; '■■■'■•■• iiiiiJMflffflF V8&&& ■■■'-:"•"■•• v-- k '*■'•■' ■■'-.>•>■'.-■<• stSSSS ■ H .^, • ;;,v > $V ■ ^W'J flffiMBl'Hl it, turns •MASSACHUSETTS •STATL- NORMAL' •WESTFELD^k ? •CATALOGUE •TEAR • OF- 1305 SB 1S06- 'ESTABLISHED ♦ ia<3>3 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS ..■»■ ■ ..»— . ..,.t:.«...- PRE SIDE NT'S OFFICE CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELD With Compliments of CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 905-1906. BOSTON . ' WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED SIX CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, • WESTFIELD. ESTABLISHED 1839, 905-1906 BOSTON . . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED SIX Approved by The State Board of Publication. State Board of Education. Established 1837. His Excellency CURTIS GUILD, Jr. His Honor EBEN S. DRAPER. George I. Aldkich, A.M., Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, Albert E Winship, LittD., . Thomas B. Fitzpatrick, Mi-> Caroline Hazard, AM , Litt.D., Joel D. Miller, A.M., . Mrs. Kate Gannett Wells, Clinton Q. Richmond, . Brookline, . Boston, . Somerville, . Brookline, Wellesley, . Leominster, Boston, . North Adams, TERM EXPIRES May 25, 1906. May 25, 1907. May 25, 1908. May 25, 1909. May 25, 1910. May 25, 1911. May 25, 1912. May 25, 1913. OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION. George H. Martin, A.M., Secretary, . < w.kb B. Tillinghast, A.M., Clerk and Treasurer, (.renville T. Fletcher, A.M., Agent, James W. MacDonald, A.M., Agent, . John T. Prince, Ph.D., Agent, .... Walter Sargent, Agent, Lynn. Boston. Northampton. Stoneham. West Newton. North Scituate. BOARD OF VISITORS. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B. Faculty. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeur, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law, School Management. L w is B Allyn, Edith L. Cnmrnings, Frederic Goodwin, .Mrs Adeline A. Knight, Will S. Monroe, George T. Sperry, . Charles B. "Wilson, . Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. Gymnastics, Manual Training. Vocal Music. English, Literature, History. Psychology, History of Education, Geography. Drawing. Natural Science. TRAINING SCHOOLS. George W. Win slow, Principal. Annette M. Fox, Alice M. Winslow, Anna M. Downey, Metta D. Bradstreet Lucia A. Coleman, Ella J. Downey, Frances L. Parsons, Edith M. Robbins, E. Abbe Clarke, Eliza Converse, Frances L. Foster. Florence P. Axtelle, Eunice M. Bee be, Emma L. Hammond, Eighth grade. Eighth grade. Seventh grade. Seventh grade. Sixth grade. Sixth grade. Fifth grade. Fitth grade. Fifth grade. Fourth grade. Third grade. Second grade. First grade. Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Postmaster-General George B. Cortelyou, Washington, D. C. Class of 1882 (January). VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mrs. Harry M. Gowdy, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1894. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westfield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mrs. Russell L. Scott, Chicopee, Mass. Class of 1884. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Newtonville, Mass. Class of 1889. ' Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. Mrs. Edwin Spencer, Warren, Mass. Class of 1881. Mr. George B. Woodward, Cambridge, Mass. Class of 1897. The next meeting of the Association will be in June, 1907. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELD. CALENDAR FOR 1906-1907. SPRING TERM. Tuesday, 9 am., March 27, 1906, until Friday, 4 p.m., June 22, 1906. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 25, 1906. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 26, 1906. FIRST ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m., June 28 and 29, 1906. SECOND ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 a.m., Sept. 11 and 12, 1906. BEGINNING OF SCHOOL YEAR.* Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 13, 1906. FALL TERM. From Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 18, 1906, until Saturday, 12 M, Dec. 1, 1906. THANKSGIVING RECESS. From Wednesday, 12 M., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday at 9 a.m. WINTER TERM; From Tuesday, 9 a.m., Dec. 4, 1906, until Saturday, 12 m., March 16, 1907. * Those seniors who are assigned to the training school for the fall term will hegin their school year Monday, 9 a.m., Sept. 10, 1906. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFTELD. CHRISTMAS RECESS. From Friday, 4 p.m., Dec. 21, 1906, to Monday, 9 a m., Dee. 31, 1906. SECOND WINTER RECESS. From Thursday, 4 p.m., Feb. 21, 1907, to Monday, 9 a.m., March 4, 1907. SPRING TERM. From Tuesday, 9 a.m., March 12, 1907, until Friday, 4 p.m., June 21, 1907. SPRING RECESS. From Friday, 4 p.m., April 26, 1907, to Monday, 9 a.m., May 6, 1907. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 24, 1907. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 25, 1907. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m., in the assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day. They should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommodations maybe had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, school closes at noon. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to Westfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 4,741, of whom 498 have been men. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 1,898 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 12,000 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad stations past the school, and connect W r estfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April 18, 1892. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen- tifully supplied with casts, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The manual training room is equipped with nineteen benches, and with all tools and material necessary for in- structing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to till positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportunity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing accommodations for 75 students. A fuller description may be found on page 40 under the caption " Dickinson Hall." STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating 120 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a cost of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for 420 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teachers' room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, and is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both buildings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL. The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organizing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Com- monwealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental training. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). Their fitness for admission will be determined by : — 1. Their standing in a physical examination. 2. Their moral character. 3. Their hi^h school record. 4. A written examination. 5. An oral examination. PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901: — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admission to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the office of teacher, and also to examine any student at any time in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his continuance in the school. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). 13 requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a good statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater con- fidence they may have in guarding themselves against the contingencies of an examination and of satisfying the exam- iners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactory examinations, as indicated below ; by regulation of the State Board of Education no candidates are admitted on high school certificates. The examinations will embrace papers on the following groups of subjects : — I. Language. — (a ) English, with its grammar and litera- ture, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a ) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. -*-The history and civil gov- 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (b and c) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy, and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color, and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATION. Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not other- wise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidates will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Reading and Practice. — A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a consider- able number set before him in the examination paper. In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written work done in con- nection with the reading of the books. The books set for this part of the examination are : — 1906-1908. — Shakespeare's Macbeth and The Merchant of Venice; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spec- tator; Irving's Life of Goldsmith; Coleridge's The Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe and The Lady of the Lake; Ten- nyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, and The Passing of Arthur; Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas Marner. 2. Study and Practice. — This part of the examination presupposes a more careful study of each of the works named below. The examination will be upon subject-mat- ter, form, and structure. In addition, the candidate may be required to answer questions involving the essentials of English grammar and questions on the leading facts in those periods of English 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. literary history to which the prescribed works belong. The books set for this part of the examination will be : — 1906-1908. — Shakespeare's Julius Csesar; Milton's L J Al- legro, II Penseroso, Comus and Lycidas; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America ; Macaulay's Essay on Addison and Life of Johnson. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its prin- ciples and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incidentally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text-book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make them- selves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of the United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those ad- dicted to their use. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 17 (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, —physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physios or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in perspec- tive. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four, and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or played. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable w 7 ork as a teacher. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — II. Mathematics. III. United States history. IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. Preliminary examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate to be substantially as follows : — has been a pupil in the School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher,. Address, The group known as I. Language must be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubtless be found generally STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Scienec Bhould also he so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several nor- mal school buildings in accordance with the following sched- ule : — 1906. —Thursday and Friday, June 28 and 29 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 11 and 12. 1907. —Thursday and Friday, June 27 and 28 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 10 and 11. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students shall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is (jualified to join. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, literature, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, bookkeeping, elementary algebra and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. 3. Observation and practice in the training school, and observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For a more detailed account of this course, see pages 22-36. II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Board of Visitors and the principal of any normal school may arrange for a third year of study and practice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, whenever in their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics ar- ranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. STATE XOHMAL SCHOOL, W F.ST hi ELD. 21 III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten coarse requires two years for its com- pletion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study and his- tory are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two years' course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Board of Visitors, select a course which may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. Graduates of colleges and universities, with the consent of the Board of Visitors and the principal of the school, may take a special course of one year, and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that Course V. has been planned. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFTEL1). GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. (a) Elementary Psychology. — The course in elementary psychology includes (1) a study of the physiology of the brain and central nervous system, and the relation of the same to mental development ; special attention is given to the nature and training of the senses of sight, hearing, and touch; (2) study of the less complex phases of perception, memory, imagination, thought, the emotions and move- ments, and their development during the elementary school period; (3) study of the personal reminiscences of the childhood of the students, to give them practice in the study of subjective mental phenomena, and to deepen and broaden their concepts of the subjective states of childhood ; (4) care- ful reading and review of a standard reminiscent study of childhood, such as Pierre Loti's Story of a Child, Tolstoi's Childhood, Boyhood, and Youth, John Stuart Mill's Auto- biography, etc. ; (5) study of an individual child. Hal- leck's Psychology and Psychic Culture, James's Psychology (briefer course), Kirkpatrick's Inductive Psychology, and Rooper's Study in Apperception are used as texts (junior year : first and second terms, two hours a week) . (b) Physiological Psychology. — More detailed study of the growth and functions of the brain and central nervous system ; relation of the same to education ; sense defects and school work ; factors conditioning growth of children ; relation of exercise, sleep, and nutrition to growth and STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 23 mental development. Donaldson's Growth of the Brain, Carpenter's Mental Physiology, Ziehen's Physiological Psy- chology, M'Kendrick and Snodgrass's Physiology of the Senses, James's Principles of Psychology, Titchener's Out- lines of Psychology, as well as the works of Kiilpe, Wundt, Sully, Thorndike, Baldwin, Ladd, Calkins, Bain, Spencer, Ribot, and Sanford, are used as reference guides (junior year : third term, two hours a week). (c) Genetic Psychology. — Studies in the physical, in- tellectual, and moral development of young children ; fac- tors conditioning mental development, as heredity and environment; mental fatigue and its relation to mental work ; development of motor ability ; comparative studies of the minds of the lower animals and of savages with those of defective and delinquent children ; observations and tests of senses, memory, attention, motor power, fatigue, etc., of individual children, and the collation and discussion of such data. The course in genetic psychology is designed to pre- sent the facts, so far as they have been scientifically deter- mined, concerning the nature and development of the mind during childhood and adolescence, and to provide the pro- spective teacher with sound criteria for estimating theories about the child's mind, as well as to give adequate training in the concrete study of child life. The texts used are Preyer's Development of the Intellect and Senses and Will, Tracy's Psychology of Childhood, Kirkpatrick's Fundamen- tals of Child Study, Barnes's Studies in Education, Rowe's Physical Nature of the Child, Sully's Studies of Childhood, Hall's Adolescence, together with the writings of Warner, Chamberlain, Oppenheim, Miss Shinm, Mrs. Moore, Rus- sell, Compayre, Perez, and Baldwin (senior year: two terms, two hours a week). HISTORY OF EDUCATION. (a) History of European Education. — Study of the de- velopment of educational theories in the educational systems 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELJJ. of Europe, including Greek education, origin of the univer- sities and rise of higher education, humanism and the renais- sance, realism and scientific education, naturalism and the activity of the child. Provision is made for the critical study of portions of such educational classics as Plato's Republic, Montaigne's Education of Children, Mulcaster's Positions, Comenius's School of Infancy and Great Didactic, Locke's Thoughts Concerning Education, Rousseau's Emile, Pestalozzi's Leonard and Gertrude, Froebel's Education of Man, Herbart's Science of Education, and Herbert Spencer's Education. The course is given in lectures, discussions, and readings. Compayre's History of Pedagogy is in the hands of the students, but outside study is based chiefly on the books by Quick, Williams, J. P. Munroe, Davidson, Paul Monroe, Laurie, Woodward, W. S. Monroe, Barnard, Rash- dall, De Garmo, Hughes, Krusi and Bowen (junior year : first and second terms, one hour a week). (b) History of American Education. — The course traces the successive ideals of the different streams of early Ameri- can civilization, as the English Puritans in New England, the English Quakers in Pennsylvania, the English cava- liers in Virginia, the Dutch in New York, the Swedes in Delaware, the French Huguenots and the Scotch-Irish. Special attention is given to the growth of the Massachu- setts school system, the origin of American normal schools, and the history of educational associations in the United States. Brief study is made of some of the earlier Ameri- can contributions to the literature of education, including the writings of Joseph Neef, Samuel R. Hall, David P. Page, Horace Mann, Henry Barnard, and William T. Harris. Boone's History of Education in the United States and Mar- tin's Evolution of the Massachusetts School System are used as texts, with required readings from the works by Barnard, Wickersham, Adams, Winship, Hinsdale, Dexter, and Monroe (junior year: third term, one hour a week). STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 25 PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The application to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above; a study of methodology; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the stand-point of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use of school discipline as an agency in the moral culture of the child ; a discussion of the curriculum of elementary schools ; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic prin- ciples of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectures on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heating, ventilating, and lighting of school rooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils teaching in the training schools. NATURAL SCIENCE. In all science teaching of this school a constant effort is made along three essential lines : — First, a clear presentation of the truths and principles underlying the science. These are learned as far as possible at first hand in the field or the laboratory, and care is taken that they are rightly comprehended. Second, individual instruction and practice in the inter- pretation of these truths and in logical modes of reasoning- based upon them. Lastly and chiefly, a thorough drill in the best pedagog- ical methods of presenting such truths and interpretations in elementary instruction. The first two are always subordi- nate, being used as a necessary means to secure success in the third. 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. As a further help toward the same end, large additions have been made to the apparatus and the reference libraries, until it may be fairly said that the school is unsurpassed in point of equipment by any other of like rank. The geological and mineralogical laboratory is equipped with a complete working collection of minerals, rocks, and fossils, and the necessary apparatus for studying them. A valuable cabinet collection is in constant use for reference and comparison. It is believed that an actual acquaintance with rocks, minerals, and organic forms is of greater value than much abstract knowledge. The biological and physiological laboratory is furnished with excellent cabinets of preserved material, to which con- stant additions are being made, and which are amply suffi- cient for individual use. It possesses, in addition, a series of charts, casts and models illustrating human anatomy ; a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body ; and a fine herbarium of local plants. Living material is used as far as possible, and sufficient apparatus has been purchased to enable the stu- dents to prepare what is required for their own use, and thus to gain practical experience in the collecting, preserv- ing, and arranging of such material. Zoology. — General characteristics of animals ; a study of typical animals, considerable attention being paid to their habits, modes of life, and their uses ; these types are selected from the fauna of the vicinity, and as far as possible the home of the animal is reproduced in the laboratory, and the pupil is required to become acquainted with its habits and daily life, as well as its structure, from actual observation ; a special study of insects and birds, with reference to their economic relations; the principles of classification. The more common species are chosen, in consequence of their adaptation to elementary instruction, and the pupils practise the best methods of presenting such nature work. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 27 Physiology. — A general outline of the subject, including the anatomy, physiology, and hygiene of the different organs and parts of the body. Special attention is given to a thor- ough understanding of the nervous system as a physiological basis for the study of psychology. The brain of the sheep, the spinal cord of the rabbit and pigeon, and the nerves of the frog, suitably preserved, are dissected by the students individually, and carefully compared with those of the human body in structure and function, while physiology is taught by means of simple experiments. All the anatomy is illus- trated by preparations of the organs of the human body, and by a dissection of similar organs in other animals, while microscopical structure is demonstrated by means of sections which are prepared in the laboratory. The pupils assist in the work, and thus learn how to properly prepare and pre- serve physiological material, and how to use it for illustrating the subject in connection with models and simple experi- ments. Drawings and descriptions are required of essential structures. Mineralogy and Geology. — The properties, varieties, and uses of the more important minerals, and their composition ; rocks as composed of minerals ; ores of the common metals ; a study of the more useful industries connected with certain minerals, e.g., the mining of coal, the manufacture of coal gas, of plaster of Paris, of salt, of glass, the smelting of iron, etc. The inorganic agencies now in operation upon the earth, and their influence upon its structure and on the present contour of the surface ; a general study of the sur- rounding region ; the kinds of rock found, their origin and mode of formation ; structural geology, — treating of the kinds, structure, arrangement, and composition of rocks ; their importance and economic value ; the influence of dif- ferent organic agencies ; geological formations ; the geologic history of New England, with special reference to Massa- chusetts. In this historical portion, as the Mesozoic strata 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. are well represented in the vicinity, that period will be a subject for special study. The field work consists of excur- sions to available points of geological interest, and the col- lection and identification of at least twenty-five specimens of rocks and minerals of the region, instruction being given in their classification and arrangement. Special effort is made to correlate this work with physical geography, physics, and chemistry. Botany. — The seed and germination ; the organs of the plant, root, stem, buds, leaves; the tissues; the plant cell, protoplasm and its properties ; inflorescence ; a study of typical flowers, with reference to their plan and structure ; fertilization and conditions of growth ; fruits ; a few types of flowerless plants. Westfield is particularly rich in its flora, and much field work will be done, the pupils being required to collect, analyze, prepare, and mount their own specimens. They will also be led to interpret the form, structure, and habits of plants in their habitats, and to illus- trate their work by the drawings of parts and tissues. A course of nature study for elementary schools is outlined. OTHER SCIENCES. Physics. — Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question ; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familiar through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, light, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. Through much laboratory work, the student becomes famil- iar with the construction, manipulation and use of physical apparatus. Exercises which have a direct bearing upon every-day life are given. The practical idea is made clear. PHYSICAL LABORATORY. LECTURE ROOM — PHYSICAL SCIENCE. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 29 The pupil discovers for herself the principles and facts relat- ing to the special phase of the subject under consideration. Opportunity to make original investigations is given to students especially interested in science. In addition to the benefit to the teacher herself, she learns to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as seem desirable. CHEMISTRY. The work in this department is treated under three gen- eral divisions, — historical, academic, and applied chemistry. Of these, the last-mentioned receives by far the greatest attention. No text-book is used, but a large amount of reference matter is available. Facts are gained by actual work. The laboratory is equipped with a generous supply of the latest apparatus, and all conveniences are at the students' disposal. From the days of the earliest alchemists (or practitioners of the black art), the development of the science is traced step by step to the founder of modern chemistry, Lavoisier. The academic work includes type experiments with the gases, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon dioxid, chlorine, and such of the hydro-carbons as time will allow, and in addition to these, analysis and synthesis of the acids, hydro- chloric, nitric, sulphuric, acetic, etc., together with the rational use of chemical symbols and formuke. The applied or practical work includes, among other ex- ercises of an interesting character, the qualitative analysis of water, samples of which pupils procure from different parts of the town, and a thorough analysis of which they perform in the laboratory by the most approved methods. Many bring samples of water from their homes and analyze them for the benefit of their parents and friends. The removal of stains of various kinds, fruit, ink, grease, iron rust, paint, etc., furnishes an excellent opportunity for 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. applying principles of bleaching and action of acids and alkalis upon different kinds of fabrics. Before finishing the course every pupil is expected to be able to remove stains of the above-mentioned types. Work in dyeing is treated from an entirely original stand- point. Each pupil at first dyes different fabrics with colors extracted from many common sources, such as bright-colored flowers, leaves, berries, and fruits ; later, work in anilin dyes affords opportunity for each student to learn something of this useful art, and at the same time to apply some of the oft-neglected principles of chemistry. Actual work in the extraction of flavors and perfumes is performed by the student, and samples of orange, lemon, vanilla, etc., are the criteria of her skill. Experiments are given by which the determination of alcohol in cider, patent medicines, wines, and " soft drinks" is made simple. Every teacher who expects to do effective service in the public schools should have at her disposal some method of remedying, if not of eradicating, the cigarette evil. Two exercises are given, in which the analysis of the cigarette is made easily possible. The person who conscientiously per- forms this work will have a deeper antipathy to this " white horror," and be better prepared to fight it in a rational manner. The average teacher is little aware of the enormous amount of foreign and oft-times injurious material consumed under the name of candy and gum. Simple analyses of these substances throw much light upon a heretofore obscure sub- ject. Canned goods, such as corn, tomatoes, peas, etc., furnish a series of intensely interesting experiments, since only the few know of what they are eating. Students are not encouraged in any sense to become " food faddists," but rather to apply chemical principles in a way most interest- ing and helpful to themselves. STAT!-: NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. 31 The course is not presented with the object of making chemistry teachers of the pupils, but rather to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with valuable information, by which she can keep both mind and body in a normal, healthy condition. GEOGRAPHY. The study of geography covers two terms, and includes : — 1. A study of the structure of the world ridge, and a de- tailed study of the structure of each of the continents, including the mountain ranges and peaks, river systems, and lakes. These are drawn in outline and modeled in relief as studied. 2. A study of geographic forces, including the movements of the earth, seasons, temperature, winds, and rainfall, with special reference to the climate of the United States. 3. The geographic distribution and economic uses of min- erals, plants and animals. 4. The study of peoples — their mental and physical characteristics, languages, religions, governments, indus- tries, and habitations. 5. The study of commerce, its origin, mediums of ex- change, means of transport, commercial routes, aids to commerce, and the leading commercial nations, — their com- mercial advantages, commodities, and commercial centres. In addition the classes are given problems touching the adaptation of the subject-matter of geography to the capacity of children in the different school years, the correlation of geographic readings, the use of geographic pictures, maps, globes, and other teaching aids. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — Study of the dictionary ; diacritical marks and pronunciation ; study of phonetics for teaching purposes ; methods of teaching reading in elementary schools, and 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). frequent practice with classes of children from the model schools. Preparation of reading material for school use. Grammar. — Classification of the parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and sentences by the laboratory method ; analysis of sentences in a simple way. The natural method of teaching language in elementary schools is used, and the pupils them- selves are required to give lessons. English Composition. — It is chiefly as a practical art that the subject is presented in this school. Description, narra- tion, exposition, and argument are taught from daily practice in writing, followed by the teacher's criticism. Much atten- tion is paid to the external form of the paragraph. A com- position is regarded as a living product of an active mind ; therefore, there is constant and careful study of the way in which paragraphs grow, of the order in which to say things, and of what not to say. Pupils are trained to intelligent criticism of language work. English and American Literature. — A study of some of the literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the purpose being to help the pupil to appreciate the best. The history of literature is taught in a subordinate way only, to enable the pupil to understand the setting of an author's work ; correlation of myths with nature study ; courses of literature for elementary schools are developed. There are some variations from term to term. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — A rapid review by the laboratory method of the history of our country from the early discoveries to the present, and of the framework of national, State, and municipal government. Instruction in the proper use of pictures and maps as aids in teaching history, correlation with literature, a thorough drill in a good pedagogical method of presenting the subject. Stories of the explorers and the biographies of eminent Americans STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 33 are recast in the vocabulary of childhood for use in primary grades. General History. — Ancient Nations. — Peoples and migra- tions ; geographical position and consequences ; inheritances ; social, political, intellectual, {esthetic, moral, religious, and industrial development; characteristic institutions; legacies. Mediaeval and Modern History. — Instruction and training- are given in the inductive method as applied to history, with a view to the development of the "historical spirit." The method is illustrated by a careful study "of a few coun- tries, with special attention to the main forces at work, the growth of nationality and constitutional government, and the relation of Europe to America. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — Failure on the part of the teacher to recog- nize and to apply the fundamental principles of number ac- cording to well-established psychic laws invariably results in failure on the part -of the pupil to understand and to use intelligently the simple processes of arithmetic. No text-book is placed in the hands of the student ; all processes and methods are developed. The importance of the reason for performing the various arithmetical operations is duly emphasized. The modern teacher should fully appreciate the fact that the day of set rules and inflexible formulae is past. The child is no longer told to " invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication." By far the greatest value of any mathe- matical rule lies in its discovery. Students are trained to discover ; having discovered, to apply. Recognizing in the Grube method a line of thought incom- patible with true mathematical concepts, the pupil is thor- oughly drilled in the movable or flexible unit system, which is so ably treated in Dewey and McLellan's Psychology of Number. 34 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. The student becomes familiar with oar leading arithmetics, from which many characteristic problems are selected. She is required to solve a problem intelligently, whether she supplies the essential data or takes it as presented by some second person. The course continues throughout the junior year and in- cludes one hundred fourteen recitation periods. The work is taken by grades, and comprises exercises in sense training and in relative magnitude, discovery of the primary prin- ciples of number, the history of its decimal system, and the applications of number as a means of measurement. The aim of the course is to s^ive the teachers a logical method of presenting arithmetic, free from fads and reason- destroying practices ; to teach them to be self-reliant, effi- cient, accurate, quick to appreciate and to apply. All of this tends strongly towards the betterment of our public schools. Algebra. — The relation of algebra and arithmetic is always kept before the pupil. Methods of developing the algebraic processes are carefully examined. Students are encouraged to find methods of their own for presenting special phases of the subject. Objects and diagrams are used whenever clearness can be gained thereby. The equation is treated from an original stand-point and is shown in its true character. All opera- tions and many of the problems given in Milne's grammar school algebra are fully treated. In order to get the greatest good from this course, the pupil should be well prepared in algebra through quadratic equations. Geometry. — The history of the subject, both ancient and modern, is presented. The student becomes familiar with some of the world's greatest mathematicians and the influ- ence of their work. She has at her disposal a large amount of unusual but extremely valuable material, in the form of ROOM FOR DRAWING DRAWING DEPARTMENT— ONE OF THE STUDIOS. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIKLD. 35 ancient theorems and their uses, calculated to interest the most indifferent pupil. The subject is treated in its two-fold aspect, — first, as applied to the measurement of lines, surfaces, and solids, in which the use of simple measuring instruments is taught, and secondly as related to reason and logic. The student should become a clear, fearless, original thinker, who dares attempt the solution of a theorem by other than set text- book methods. OTHER SUBJECTS. Art and Drawing. — This course treats the subject from two points of view : — The objective side aims to give the pupils a knowledge of the principles of representation in outline, light and dark, and in color. Historic art in architecture^ sculpture, and painting is studied with reference to its bearing upon our present social problems, and as a source of "motifs" for applied work in design. The principles of beauty in color and form are taught as a basis for the subjective work in picture-study and design. The subjective or creative side is emphasized, in the belief that in the field of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all phases of school work and social life, and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades of elementary and high schools, and outlines, lesson plans, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. Vocal Music, — Musical History. — A rapid review of ancient history, including the music of the Chinese, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos ; the influence of the Israelites and the Grecians ; the Roman Empire ; the part taken by the early church in fostering the "Divine Art," the advent of 36 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIEL1). the Paris school of music (the first national school of music), the Gallo-Belgic and the Netherland schools ; the rise and decline of Italy's musical prestige, and the birth of our modern music ; the classical school and its masters ; the in- fluence of the Germans ; the romantic school ; and the growth of musical interests in America. Harmony, the Grammar of Music. — Intervals, scales, triads, inversion of triads, chords, inversion of chords, har- monizing basses, chords of the dominant seventh, preparation and resolution, cadences and suspensions. Musical Notation. — No effort will be made to follow any published system of school music, but the rudiments will be studied with especial regard to the needs of public school music, and the pupils will have practical drill in doing (sing- ing) throughout the course. Special attention will be given to individual drill, and those who think they cannot sing will be given the most careful training, by which they will be convinced that they can learn to sing, and their value in the public school room will thus be enhanced. Chorus Classes. — In chorus classes pains will be taken to acquaint the pupils with the best that the musical world offers. Manual Training. — This course will include paper fold- ing, paper cutting, basketry, compressing raffia and reed, and woodwork, including whittling and bench work. The raffia used is dyed by the students as a part of the course in chemistry ; the models used in the bench work are designed by the students as an application of the work in drawing. Physical Training. — Physical training on the basis of the Ling system of gymnastics. Study of the principles of educational gymnastics, and their application in the Ling system. Practical work in the gymnasium, gymnastic games, squad and class drills conducted by the students. LIBRARY. ROOM FOR HISTORY AND LITERATURE. STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 37 oi-'f^cce^tN'N'M?! I 03 ?l -*■ — < - o a ,; 6053 o ec o - -o if. z -f. ■ C — to 2 t- - r P3rHa WB - M fa C -'.•— ~ a, O a> «4fiWGESfcNp4 Ir be ~ feci s -- s _ < '5 5 ■g ^-^S a* 3 a 2 £ 2 ^^ « S •*= -^ & £, P o ^ ei -* >.o c |g •JO 1= ^ 3 «»-*§ -SHIP'S® C ^ m r^ >-i ' - - «5 1 -2 Z - 3 y S S C5 / "5 ~. r *" 'CO o a a w T3 O to o 38 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD, LECTURES AND CONCERTS. An effort is made every year to bring students in contact with people of reputation. During the present year the fol- lowing list of lectures and concerts has been given : — Mr. 0. J. Kern, Rockville, 111., County Superintendent of Schools. The Country School. Miss Mabel Kimball, Teacher in State Normal School, Hyannis. Industrial Work in the Grades. Mr. M. V. O'Shea, Professor of Education in University of Wis- consin. Hidden Forces in Education and Life. Mr. Henry T. Bailey, Editor School Arts Book. Interrelation of the Arts. Bach-Beethoven Recital, — Members of the senior class, under the direction of Mr. Frederic Goodwin, State Normal School, Westfield, assisted by Miss Winifred Lynch, violinist, Holyoke, and Miss Lena J. Bartlett, pianist, Westfield. Mr. Walter Sargent, Agent State Board of Education. Public School Drawing. Dr. James P. Haney, Director of the Manual Arts, New York City. The Teaching of the Manual Arts. Prof. Edward S. Morse, Curator Boston Art Museum. Japanese Arts and Crafts. Rev. Charles F. Dole, Jamaica Plain. Graduation address.* GRADUATION, DIPLOMAS, AND CERTIFICATES, The satisfactory completion of any one of the five courses previously described entitles the pupil to receive a diploma or certificate of graduation. Those who for any reason are unable to do all the work of a course will, on application, receive a certificate stating the exact amount of work done. Those who complete Course IV. or Course V. receive cer- tificates, not diplomas. * To be given. STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 39 DISCIPLINE. Whoever aspires to the responsible office of teacher should habitually practise self-control. This doctrine furnishes the key to the disciplinary policy of this school. Pupils are treated with confidence, and to a large extent the govern- ment of the school is left in their hands. Almost no rules are made, but it is the constant effort to create such an atmosphere that to follow the best ideals shall be easy and natural. Regular attendance, good behavior, and loyalty to the best interests of the school, are necessary to successful work and are expected of all. The power of suspension for misconduct and of removal from school for failure to do properly the work of the school is lodged in the principal, with an appeal to the Board of Visitors. TUITION AND EXPENSES. Tuition, text-books, and supplies are free to residents of Massachusetts. Pupils from other States than Massachusetts, attending normal schools supported by this State, are required to pay at the beginning of each half-year session the sum of $25 to the principal of the school attended for tuition, except that in the Normal Art School the sum paid to the principal at the beginning of the session by each pupil from another State will be $50 for each half-year. For cost of board, see " Dickinson Hall," page 40. STATE AID. To assist those students who find it difficult to meet the expense of the course, pecuniary aid is furnished by the State in varying sums, though never exceeding $1.50 per week. Aid is not furnished during the first half-year of attend- ance, nor to students whose scholarship is unsatisfactory. 40 STATU NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Applications for this aid are to be made to the principal in writing, and must be accompanied by a certificate from a person competent to testify, stating that the applicant needs the aid. DICKINSON HALL. MRS. CHARLES B. WILSON, MATRON. Dickinson Hall is the name given the new normal dormi- tory, which was used for the first time in September, 1903. It is in charge of the principal, and is a commodious, well- lighted school home, with accommodations for 75 students. Floor plans of this building are given in the cuts facing this page. Rooms will be assigned once each year, two students occupying a suite of three rooms. Whenever possible, students should indicate their choice of room-mate. In all cases those desiring rooms should notify the matron as soon as possible after their admission to the school. The price of board in the boarding halls connected with the normal schools of the State is $160 for the school year, payable in advance as follows : $40 at the beginning of the school year in September; $40 on November 15; $40 on February 1 ; and $40 on April 15. This rate includes board, furnished room (except as below) , steam heat, gas, and laundry, for such time as the school is in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission of the principal, remain at the hall dur- ing any vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Each boarder is required to bring towels, napkins, a nap- kin-ring, two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school docs not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. m a. 1 a -• -a 1 £ - 1_ » K - "5 3 I - T. _ r, % o ll 'Plan op .5ecanD Ploor. jcAut t....f... 1 y «" DICKINSON HALL. "PLATi OF RR.5T H.OOR.. 3c ALE STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 41 All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will not answer. Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per day or £5 per week ; dinner, 35 cents ; supper or breakfast, 25 cents; lodging, 50 cents. Whenever more pupils apply for rooms than can be cared for in Dickinson Hall, the principal will find places for those who cannot be accommodated ; but all charges in excess of the regular price must be paid for by those who are obliged to room outside the dormitory. In Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement space has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclu- sively for students' use ; set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school work in gymnastics is given in this room ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room are situated on the first floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the central fire station of the town, which is situated near by ; extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor ; electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour during the night. Pupils who do not live in Westfield and who do not return 42 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduates of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. If alumnse sending their addresses will also forward testimo- nials of success, the principal can act for them more intelli- gently. It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experience before entering the normal school and in the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as may be filed from time to time. Such data will be considered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents and school committees. STATE NORMAL school, WESTFIELD. 43 GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text books, and, if rea- sonable notice is given, such students can usually be accom- modated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, school commit- tees, and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation address the principal at Westfield. 44 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Names of Pupils, GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. SENIORS. Abbott, Lillian E., 12 Westfield Street, Babb, Ethel R., .... Camp, Bertha B., Campbell, Helen R, 432 Front Street, Canavan, K. Agnes, 51 North Street, Caouette, M. F. Stella, 125 Main Street Carroll, Grace M., 88 Orange Street, Connery, Margaret R., 18 Wright Street Dadmun, Edith M., 21 Avery Street, Dillon, Agnes A., Donoghne, Agnes J., 427 Elm Street, Dunbar, Minnie E., . Fanning, Rose E., 34 Orange Street, Fitzgerald, Anna G., 291 Chestnut Street Ford, Nora L , 123 Pine Street, Fuller, Alice H., 34 Main Street, . Glasheen, Katherine A., 263 North Main Street Goodale, Elizabeth M., . Gowdy, Jessie, 18 Oakland Street, . Grant, Lillian M., 349 D wight Street, Greene, Stella M., . Guinasso, Amelia J , 7 Bush Street, Haley, Margaret G , 75 Lincoln Street, Hennick, Lilla M., 21 Lamb Street, Hosmer, Florence E , 34 Noble Avenue, Irwin, Sadie J , 21 William Street, Jones, Elizabeth A , Kidnay, Anna M , 196 Lyman Street, Kiley, Sarah V., 17 Chestnut Street, Kingsley, Georgia E., Leary, Mary V., 65 Kenwood Park, Lee, Mary E., 145 Magazine Street, Ludden, Genevieve A., 143 North Street Mittineague. Chester. Montgomery. Chicopee. Northampton. Westfield. Westfield. Easthampton. Westfield. Monson. Holyoke. Lenox. Westfield. Holyoke. Holyoke. Claremont, N. H. Gardner. Amherst. Springfield. Holyoke. No. Wilbraham. Westfield. Holyoke. South Hadley Falls. Westfield. Ware. Chester. Holyoke. Hatfield. Easthampton. Springfield. Springfield. Springfield. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 45 Lynn, Augusta II., 311 Walnut Street, Mack, Mary Edna, 65 Edgeland Avenue, McCarthy, Mary V., 332 Brownell Street, Mel high, Margaret A., 424 Maple Street, Morse, Mar}* B., . . Murphy, Rose, 38 West Main Street, Murray, Margaret C, 48 Ferry Street, . O'Brien, Alice, 64 Pearl Street, O'Connor, Ellen (P. O. Bondsville), Potter, Ethel Valentine, 25 Suffolk Street, Riley, Katherine V., 100 Main Street, . Schladenhauffen, Frederica F., ... Shepard, Mabel E., 15 Ashley Street, Shuniway, Ruby M., .... Southmayd, Pearl Agnes, 45 Montrose Street Spooner, Belle Eleanor, . . Taylor, Madeline Dow, 14 Stebbins Street, Welch, Mary L., 110 East Dwight Street, Whitteniore, Adeline E., Cushing Street, Holyoke. Springfield. Fall River. Holyoke Barre. Ware. Easthampton. Pittsfield. South Belchertown. Holyoke Haydenville. West Springfield. Mittineague. South Amherst Springfield. Barre. Springfield. Holyoke North Brookfield. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. SENIORS. Avery, Alice R , 56 Jefferson Street, Farrar, Mabel K., 1 Dana Street, . Westfield. Amherst. TEACHERS' COURSE. Ball, Bertha M., 28 Bush Street, .... Westfield. Bean, Clara E., 105 Upham Street, . . . Melrose. Benson, Annie L., Bellows Falls, Vt. Meade, Daisy I., 321 Walnut Street, . . . Springfield. Moore, Bessie G., M ashapang, Conn. Moore, Elizabeth M., Mashapang, Conn. Reid, Mary L., . East Weymouth. Sartwell, Julia V., Amherst. Sherman, Eva M., Pochassic. Whitlock, Ella L., Brandon, Vt. POST-GRADUATES. Buzby, Stella M , 20 Chestnut Street, Fiske, Ruth E., Main Street, . Westfield. Palmer. 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIORS. Amiger, Mary E., 150 Walnut Street, Armstrong, Alice N., 77 Catherine Street, Babb, Ina D , ..... Barrett, Mary M., 18 Everett Street, Bartlett, Marguerite, Bartlett, Marion L., ... Bell, Edna E , Wason Avenue, Bligh, Mary P., 126 Oak Street, . Bourassa, N. Olive, 12 Avery Street, Brown, Mattie E., 14 School Street, Buckley, Katherine E. (P. O. Box 79), Burke, Mary A., 51 Vinton Street, . Burke, Mary E , 116 Franklin Street, Burr, Daisy G., .... Cheney, Hazel C, 13 North Prospect Street. Clamann, Jessie F., 28 Worthington Street, Collins, Mary T , . Conroy, Sadie G , 71 Cross Street, . Cowie, Bessie, 81 Jackson Street, . Cunningham, Kathryn H , South Street, Cushman, Lena M., 301 Main Street, Dalton, Bessie M , 331 D wight Street, Davine, Clara E., 78 Orange Street, Delaney, Audrey V., Lynwood Avenue, DeWolf, Maria S., 34 Douglas Street, Donovan, Mary L., . Dowling, Genevieve, 122 Greenwood Street, Driscoll, Nora, 63 Chapin Street, . Dunn, Rose, 27 Peck's Road, . Eagen, Julie M., 122 Onota Street, Eagen, Margaret M., 52 Circular Avenue, Ely, Jennie A., .... Ely, S. Mary, Farley, Anna W., . Fenton, Anna B., . . Ferris, Abbie, 340 Oak Street, Flynn, Delia V., 91 Beech Street, . Flynn, Ina J , Flynn, Kathryn, .... Ford, Jane, 127 North Main Street, Springfield. Springfield. Chester. Springfield. Worthington. Worthington. Brightwood. Holyoke. Westfield. Springfield. Ware. Springfield. Springfield. Worthington. Amherst. Pittsfield. Pontoosuc. Franklin. Holyoke. Warren. Agawam. Holyoke. Westfield. Holyoke. Springfield. Turners Falls. Springfield. Springfield. Pittsfield. Pittsfield. Pittsfield. South Deerfield. South Deerfield. Stockbridge. Had ley. Indian Orchard. Holyoke. Ware. East Whately. Springfield. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 17 Frost, Mabel, ...... Gibbs, Laura \\. Graves, Winifred M., Guinasso, Matilda. 7 Bush Street, . Healey, Eva M Hurley, Margaret A.. 60 Greenwood Street, Hurwitz, Jennie, 186 Hancock Street, . Hyde, Man. 86 Pleasant Street, Johnson, Lucy P., 37 Marble Street, Kennedy, Anna M., 50 Day Avenue, Leahy. Ellen T., 29 Peck's Road, . Malonev. Mary McGilp, Frances M., 19 South Main Street, McGovern, Mary E., Meeker, Ada M., 50 Hampden Street, . Mel lor, Julia E., Moore. Mamie E , 284 Fairview Avenue, Murphy, Norarnai, 31 Hamlin Street, Murray. Lulu M., Depot Street, Murray, Xora G., Pleasant Street, . Murtha, Eleanor A , Depot Street, Nelligan, Lulu F., 5 Robbins Avenue, . Nugent, Claire E, 92 Pleasant Street, . O'Brien, M. Florence, 64 Pearl Street, . O'Connor, Agnes G , 14 O'Connor Avenue, ( PNeill, Grace, 215 Sargent Street, O'Neill, Mary E., 320 Hampden Street, . Owen, Bess W , 14 Spring Street, . Peaselee. Gertrude A. J., 71 Orchard Street, Powers, Margaret E., 15 King's Highway, Riley, Margaret M., 46 Main Street, Rohan, Agnes E , 226 Hampden Street, . Rourke, Elena V., 110 Whipple Street, . Ryan, .Mary T., 29 Pearl Street, Scully, Mary E , 300 Peck's Road, . Shannon, Georgia A , 63 East Central Street Sibley, H Alma, 32 Montgomery Street, Slattery, Anna E., 66 Nonotuck Street, Smith, Delia, Btockwell, Annie B , West Farms, . Thompson, Sara M.. Worthington, Elsie M , . Mundale. Mundale. Middlefield. Westfield. Southampton. Springfield. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield. Westfield. Pittsfield. Lenox. Palmer. Stockbridge. Indian Orchard. Agawam. Chicopee. Pittsfield. Lenox. Milton. Lenox. Pittsfield. Holyoke. Pittsfield. Holyoke. Holyoke. Holyoke. Westfield. Pittsfield. West Springfield. No. Walpole, N. H. Holyoke. Fall River. Holyoke. Pittsfield. Worcester. Westfield. Holyoke. Barre. Northampton. Palmer. Agawam. 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. JUNIORS. Armstrong, Carrie C, 77 Catherine Street, . Springfield Fish, Pearl E., Palmer. Loomis, Evelyn R., 15 High Street, . . . Easthampton. SPECIAL STUDENTS. Connor, Grace M , 155 Elm Street, . . . Westfield. Converse, Eliza, North Brookfield. Curtis, Mary A , 115 Florence Street, . . . Springfield. Dearborn, Abigail, 69 Western Avenue, . . Westfield. Donovan, Nellie, G Street, Turners Falls. Gilday, Theresa M., 115 Florence Street, . . Springfield. Johnson, Sidney A., 77 Orange Street, . . . Westfield. Ketchum, Alice M., 61 Catherine Street, . . Springfield. Kress, Eva G., 29 King Street, .... Westfield. May, Mrs. Ella J., 76 Acushnet Street, . . . Springfield Merrell, Ruth, Agawam. Parsons, Mrs. J. C., Westfield. Saunders, C. Mabel, 10 Carpenter Avenue, . . Westfield. Stoddard, Brenda, 760 Front Street, . . . Chicopee Falls. Skiff, Mrs. C. W., The Alquat, .... Westfield. Towle, Theodora A , 6 Chestnut Street, . . . Westfield. Wadsworth, M. Wynne, 28 Pleasant Street, . . Springfield. Waters, Ruth W., 19 Grove Street, .... Chicopee Falls. SUMMARY. Seniors in general course, 52 Seniors in kindergarten course, 2 Teachers' course, 10 Post-graduates, 2 Juniors in general course, 82 Juniors in kindergarten course, 3 Special students, 18 Total, 169 SSACHUSETTS •STATE;"NORMAL- •scHooumrmt 5s ? f •CATALOGUE •TEAR • OF- 1306 ®5 1301 • •ESTABLISHED • l&OS SEP 1 JjMJ CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD OMPLIMENTS OF CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 906-190? 3STON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . " . STATE PRINTERS GHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED SEVEN CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, ^ESTFIELD ESTABLISHED 1839 906-190^. TON . ■ . WRIGHT AND POTTER ITEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE PRINTING COMPANY . ■ . STATE PRINTERS NINETEEN HUNDRED SEVEN Approved by The State Board of Publication. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION, Established 1837. His Excellency CURTIS GUILD, Jr. His Honor EBEN S DRAPER. TERM EXPIRES Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, . . . Boston, . . May 25, 1907. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D., . . . Somerville, . May 25, 1908. Thomas B. Fitzpatrick, . . . Brookline, . . May 25, 1909. Miss Caroline Hazard, A.M., Litt.D., . Wellesley, . May 25, 1910. Joel D. Miller, A.M., .... Leominster, . May 25, 1911. Mrs. Kate Gannett Wells, . . Boston, . . May 25, 1912. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B., . North Adams, May 25, 1913: (GrEORGE I. A ld rich, A.M., . . Brookline, . May 25, 1914. OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION. George H. Martin, A.M., Secretary, .... Lynn. Caleb B. Tillinghast, A.M., Clerk and Treasurer, . Boston. Frederic L. Burnham, Agent, Cambridge. James W. MacDonald, A.M., Agent, .... Stoneham. John T. Prince, Ph.D., Agent, West Newton .! E. Warren, Acrent, . . .... . . Barre. BOARD OF VISITORS. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B. Faculty. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeur, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law, School Management. Lewis B Allvn, .... Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. Edith L. Cummin gs, . Gymnastics, Manual Training. Frederic Goodwin, .... Vocal Music. Ifrs Adeline A. Knight, . . . English, Literature, History. Will S. Monroe Psychology, History of Education, Geography. George T. Sperry, .... Drawing. Charles B Wilson, .... Natural Science. Florence B. Phillips, Secretary. TRAINING SCHOOL. George W. Winslow, Principal. Annette M. Fox, Eighth grade. Alice M. Winslow, Eighth grade. Anna M. Downey, Seventh grade. Ifetta D. Bradstreet, Seventh grade Lucia A. Coleman, ........ Sixth grade. Ella J. Downey, Sixth grade. Mary G. Shea, Sixth grade. Frances L. Parsons, Fifth grade. Edith M Robbins, Fifth grade. Eliza Converse, Fourth grade. Frances L Foster, Third grade. Florence P Axtelle, Second grade. Eunice M Beebe, First grade. Em ma L Hammond, ... . . Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. George B. Cortelyou, Secretary of the Treasury, Washington, D. C. Class of 1882 (January) . VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mrs. Harry M. Gowdy, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1894. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westfield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mrs. Russell L. Scott, Chicopee, Mass. Class of 1884. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY, Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Newton ville, Mass. Class of 1889. Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. Mrs. Edwin Spencer, Warren, Mass. Class of 1881. Mr. George B. Woodward, Cambridge, Mass. Class of 1897. The next meeting of the Association will be held at Westfield, June 1, 1907. STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. CALENDAR FOR 1907, SPRING TERM. Tuesday, 9 v M , March 19, 1907, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 21, 1907. TRIENNIAL REUNION OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION. Saturday, June 1, 1907. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 24, 1907. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 25, 1907. EXAMINATIONS. First Entrance Examination. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m., June 27 and 28, 1907. Second Entrance Examination. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 a.m., Sept. 10 and 11, 1907. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m.. in the assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day. The}' should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommo- dations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, school closes at noon. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE8TFIELD. CALENDAR FOR SCHOOL YEAR, 1907-8. FALL TERM. 1 Thursday, 9 a m., Sept. 12, 1907, to Saturday, 12 m , Nov. 30, 1907. WINTER TERM. Tuesday, 9 a.m., Dec. 3, 1907, to Saturday 12 m., March 14, 1908. SPRING TERM. Tuesday, 9 a.m ., March 17, 1908, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 19, 1908. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 22, 1908. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 23, 1908. VACATIONS. Spring. From Friday, 4 p m., April 26, 1907, to Monday, 9 a.m., May 6, 1907. Thanksgiving. From Wednesday, 12 m., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday, at 9 a.m. Christmas. From Saturday, 12 M , Dec. 21, 1907, to Thursday, Jan. 2, 1908. Winter. From Friday, 4 p.m., Feb. 21, 1908, to Monday, March 2, 1908. Spring. From Friday, 4 p.m., April 24, 1908, to Monday, May 4, 1908. i Those seniors who arc assigned to the training school for the fall term will begin their school year Monday, 9 a.m., sept. 9, 1907. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the West Held Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to Westfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 4,831, of whom 498 have been men. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 1,974 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 13,600 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad stations past the school and connect Westfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The >ervice is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April 18, 1892. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen- tifully supplied with casts, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The manual training room is equipped with nineteen benches, and with all tools and material necessary for in- structing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportunity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing accommodations for 75 students. A fuller description may be found on page 40, under the caption " Dickinson Hall." STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating IlH) pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a cost of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on "Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for 420 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teacher's room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, and is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in .both buildings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession . GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL. The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organizing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Com- monwealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental training. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELU. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and .be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). Their fitness for admission will be determined by : — 1. Their standing in a physical examination. 2. Their moral character. 3. Their high school record. 4. A written examination. 5. An oral examination. PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901 : — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admission to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the office of teacher, and also to examine any student at any time in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his continuance in the school. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 13 requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a good statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater con- fidence they may have in guarding themselves against the contingencies of an examination and of satisfying the exam- iners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactory examinations, as indicated below ; by regulation of the State Board of Education no candidates are admitted on high school certificates. The examinations will embrace papers on the following groups of subjects : — I. Language. — (a) English, with its grammar and litera- ture, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (band c) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy, and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color, and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATION. Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not other- wise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidates will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Reading and Practice. A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of i few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a consider- able number set before him in the examination paper. In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written work done in con- nection with the reading of the books. The books set for this part of the examination are : — 1907-1908. — Shakespeare's Macbeth and The Merchant of Venice; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spec- tator; Irvine's Life of Goldsmith ; Coleridge's The Ancient Mariner: Scott's Ivanhoe and The Lady of the Lake; Ten- nyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, and The Passing of Arthur; Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas Marner. 2. Study and Practice. — This part of the examination presupposes a more careful study of each of the works named below. The examination will be upon subject-mat- ter, form, and structure. In addition, the candidate may be required to answer questions involving the essentials of English grammar and questions on the leading facts in those periods of English 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. literary history to which the prescribed works belong. The books set for this part of the examination will be : — 1907-1908. — Shakespeare's Julius Caesar, Milton's L'Al- legro, II Penseroso, Comus and Lycidas; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America ; Macaulay's Essay on Addison and Life of Johnson. (b) Either Latin or French, — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its prin- ciples and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incidentally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTOBY. Any school text-book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make them- selves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of the United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those addicted to their use. ROOM FOR DRAWING DRAWING DEPARTMENT— ONE OF THE STUDIOS. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELJ). 17 (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, —physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary fects of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in perspec- tive. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four, and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or played. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided theyj offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, eachj group to be presented in full : — II. Mathematics. III. United States history. IV. Science. Y. Drawing and music. Preliminary examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate t( be substantially as follows : — has been a pupil in th«| .School for years, and is, in my judgi ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examinatio in the following group or groups of subjects and the division thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher, Address, The group known as I. Language must be reserved fo the final examinations. It will doubtless be found general! STATE Ao/.m/.i/. SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. W hile division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several normal school buildings in accordance with the following schedule : — L907. — Thursday and Friday, June 27 and 28 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 10 and 11. 1908. — Thursday and Friday, June 25 and 2Q ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 8 and 9. TIMES OF ADMISSION. Xew classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students shall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, literature, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, bookkeeping, elementary algebra, and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. 3. Observation and practice in the training school, anc observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that onrj those who eater upon it most thoroughly prepared car hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in tw< years. For a more detailed account of this course, see pages 22-36 | II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Board of Visitors and the principal of any norma i school may arrange for a third year of study and practice ii teaching under supervision for its graduates, whenever ii I their judgment such action is desirable. The object of thi course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics ar ranged for the regular two years' course and further work ii the training schools; this work in the training schools shal be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the norma school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). 21 III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its com- pletion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study and his- tory are substituted for English grammar and geography. I Hiring the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two years' course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Board of Visitors, select a course which may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. Graduates of colleges and universities, with the consent of the Board of Visitors and the principal of the school, may take a special course of one year, and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. Kxperienced observers of public-school problems are 'agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that Course V. has been planned. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. (a) Elementary Psychology. — The course in elementary psychology includes (1) a study of the physiology of the brain and central nervous system, and the relation of the same to mental development ; special attention is given to the nature and training of the senses of sight, hearing, and touch; (2) study of the less complex phases of perception, memory, imagination, thought, the emotions and move- ments, and their development during the elementary school period; (3) study of the personal reminiscences of the childhood of the students, to give them practice in the study of subjective mental phenomena, and to deepen and broaden their concepts of the subjective states of childhood ; (4) care- ful reading and review of a standard reminiscent study of childhood, such as Pierre Loti's Story of a Child, Tolstoi's Childhood, Boyhood, and Youth, John Stuart Mill's Auto- biography, etc. ; (5) study of an individual child. Hal- leck's Psychology and Psychic Culture, James's Psychology (briefer course), Kirkpatrick's Inductive Psychology, and Rooper's Study in Apperception are used as texts (junior year : first and second terms, two hours a week). (b) Physiological Psychology. — More detailed study of the growth and functions of the brain and central nervous System ; relation of the same to education ; sense defects and school work ; factors conditioning growth of children relation of exercise, sleep, and nutrition to growth an .. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELB. 23 mental development. Donaldson's Growth of the Brain, ( Jarpenter's Mental Physiology, Ziehen's Physiological Psy- chology, M'Kendrick and Snodgrass's Physiology of the Senses, James's Principles of Psychology, Titchcner's Out- lines of Psychology, as well as the works of Kiilpe, Wundt, Sully, Thorndike, Baldwin, Ladd, Calkins, Bain, Spencer, Ribot, and Sanford, are used as reference guides (junior year : third term, two hours a week). (c) Genetic Psychology. — Studies in the physical, in- tellectual, and moral development of young children ; fac- tors conditioning mental development, as heredity and environment; mental fatigue and its relation to mental work ; development of motor ability ; comparative studies of the minds of the lower animals and of savages with those of defective and delinquent children ; observations and tests of senses, memory, attention, motor power, fatigue, etc., of individual children, and the collation and discussion of such data. The course in genetic psychology is designed to pre- sent the facts, so far as they have been scientifically deter- mined, concerning the nature and development of the mind during childhood and adolescence, and to provide the pro- spective teacher with sound criteria for estimating theories about the child's mind, as well as to give adequate training in the concrete study of child life. The texts used are Preyer's Development of the Intellect and Senses and Will, Tracy's Psychology of Childhood, Kirkpatrick's Fundamen- tals of Child Study, Barnes's Studies in Education, Rowe's Physical Nature of the Child, Sully's Studies of Childhood, Hall's Adolescence, together with the writings of Warner, Chamberlain, Oppenheim, Miss Shinn, Mrs. Moore, Rus- sell, Compayre, Perez, and Baldwin (senior year: two terms, two hours a week). HISTORY OF EDUCATION. (a) History of European Education. — Study of the de- velopment of educational theories in the educational systems 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. of Europe, including Greek Education, origin of the univer- sities and rise of higher education, humanism and the renais- sance, realism and scientific education, naturalism and the activity of the child. Provision is made for the critical study of portions of such educational classics as Plato's Republic, Montaigne's Education of Children, Mulcaster's Positions, Comenius's School of Infancy and Great Didactic, Locke's Thoughts Concerning Education, Rousseau's Emile, Pestalozzi's Leonard and Gertrude, Froebel's Education of Man, Herbart's Science of Education, and Herbert Spencer's Education. The course is given in lectures, discussions, and readings. Compayre's History of Pedagogy is in the hands of the students, but outside study is based chiefly on the books by Quick, Williams, J. P. Munroe, Davidson, Paul Monroe, Laurie, Woodward, W. S. Monroe, Barnard, Rash- clall, De Garmo, Hughes, Kriisi and Bowen (junior year : first and second terms, one hour a week). (b) History of American Education. — The course traces the successive ideals of the different streams of early Ameri- can civilization, as the English Puritans in New England, the English Quakers in Pennsylvania, the English cava- liers in Virginia, the Dutch in New York, the Swedes in Delaware, the French Huguenots and the Scotch-Irish. Special attention is given to the growth of the Massachu- setts school system, the origin of American normal schools, and the history of educational associations in the United States. Brief study is made of some of the earlier Ameri- can contributions to the literature of education, including the writings of Joseph Neef, Samuel R. Hall, David P. Page, Horace Mann, Henry Barnard, and William T. Harris. Boone's History of Education in the United States and Mar- tin's Evolution of the Massachusetts School System are used as texts, with required readings from the works by Barnard, Wickersham, Adams, Winship, Hinsdale, Dexter, and Monroe (junior year: third term, one hour a week). STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 25 PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The application to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above ; a study of methodology ; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the stand-point of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use o\' school discipline as an agency in the moral culture of the child ; a discussion of the curriculum of elementary schools ; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic prin- ciples of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectures on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heating, ventilating, and lighting of school rooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils teaching in the training schools. © © NATURAL SCIENCE. In all science teaching of this school a constant effort is made along three essential lines : — First, a clear presentation of the truths and principles underlying the science. These are learned as far as possible at first hand in the field or the laboratory, and care is taken that they are rightly comprehended. Second, individual instruction and practice in the inter- pretation of these truths and in logical modes of reasoning based upon them. Lastly and chiefly, a thorough drill in the best pedagog- 1 ical methods of presenting such truths and interpretations in : elementary instruction. The first two are always subordi- nate, being used as a necessary means to secure success in the third. 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. As a further help toward the same end, large additions have been made to the apparatus and the reference libraries, until it may be fairly said that the school is unsurpassed in point of equipment by any other of like rank. The geological and mineralogical laboratory is equipped with a complete working collection of minerals, rocks, and fossils, and the necessary apparatus for studying them. A valuable cabinet collection is in constant use for reference and comparison. It is believed that an actual acquaintance with rocks, minerals, and organic forms is of greater value than much abstract knowledge. The biological and physiological laboratory is furnished with excellent cabinets of preserved material, to which con- stant additions are being made, and which are amply suffi- cient for individual use. It possesses, in addition, a series of charts, casts and models illustrating human anatomy ; a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body ; and a fine herbarium of local plants. Living material is used as far as possible, and sufficient apparatus has been purchased to enable the stu- dents to prepare what is required for their own use, and thus to gain practical experience in the collecting, preserv- ing, and arranging of such material. Zoology. — General characteristics of animals ; a study of typical animals, considerable attention being paid to their habits, modes of life, and their uses ; these types are selected from the fauna of the vicinity, and as far as possible the home of the animal is reproduced in the laboratory, and the pupil is required to become acquainted with its habits and daily life, as well as its structure, from actual observation ; a special study of insects and birds, with reference to their economic relations ; the principles of classification. The more common species are chosen, in consequence of their adaptation to elementary instruction, and the pupils practise the best methods of presenting such nature work. STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. 27 Physiology. — A general outline of the subject, including the anatomy, physiology and hygiene of the different organs and parts of the body. Special attention is given to a thor- ough understanding of the nervous sj'stem as a physiological basis for the study of psychology. The brain of the sheep, the spinal cord of the rabbit and pigeon, and the nerves of the frog, suitably preserved, are dissected by the students individually, and carefully compared with those of the human body in structure and function, while physiology is taught by means of simple experiments. All the anatomy is illus- trated by preparations of the organs of the human body, and by a dissection of similar organs in other animals, while microscopical structure is demonstrated by means of sections which are prepared in the laboratory. The pupils assist in the work, and thus learn how to properly prepare and pre- serve physiological material, and how to use it for illustrating the subject in connection with models and simple experi- ments. Drawings and descriptions are required of essential structures. Mineralogy and Geology. — The properties, varieties, and uses of the more important minerals, and their composition ; rocks as composed of minerals ; ores of the common metals ; a study of the more useful industries connected with certain minerals, e.g., the mining of coal, the manufacture of coal gas, of plaster of Paris, of salt, of glass, the smelting of iron, etc. The inorganic agencies now in operation upon the earth, and their influence upon its structure and on the present contour of the surface ; a general study of the sur- rounding region ; the kinds of rock found, their origin and mode of formation; structural geology, — treating of the kinds, structure, arrangement, and composition of rocks ; their importance and economic value; the influence of dif- ferent organic agencies ; geological formations ; the geologic history of New England, with special reference to Massa- chusetts. In this historical portion, as the Mesozoic strata 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELT). are well represented in the vicinity, that period will be a subject for special study. The field work consists of excur- sions to available points of geological interest, and the col- lection and identification of at least twenty-five specimens of rocks and minerals of the region, instruction being given in their classification and arrangement. Special effort is made to correlate this work with physical geography, physics, and chemistry. Botany. — The seed and germination ; the organs of the plant, root, stem, buds, leaves ; the tissues ; the plant cell, protoplasm and its properties ; inflorescence ; a study of typical flowers, with reference to their plan and structure ; fertilization and conditions of growth ; fruits ; a few types of flowerless plants. Westfield is particularly rich in its flora, and much field work will be done, the pupils being required to collect, analyze, prepare, and mount their own specimens. They will also be led to interpret the form, structure, and habits of plants in their habitats, and to illus- trate their work by the drawings of parts and tissues. A course of nature study for elementary schools is outlined. OTHER SCIENCES. Physics. — Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question ; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familiar through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, light, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. Through much laboratory work, the student becomes famil- iar with the construction, manipulation and use of physical apparatus. Exercises which have a direct bearing upon c very-day life are given. The practical idea is made clear. F rrr / l I pill [II ■ .^ ■*«♦ , M mm mi. immum- #* -^j* . -aHr Li Q ■pnHpiiRji ■«% sin ' i I Jill i 1 i!i i i-ii - f ■ ■If &;*S . «r If si 1 fSk v ,™ m JH :u 17 if ■ i a nl I --ill mwinUMJu w ■H9PHI /> I ■§! kmlUmW / §§1 ■< Ir'flH STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 29 The pupil discovers for herself the principles and facts relat- ing to the special phase of the subject under consideration. Opportunity to make original investigations is given to students especially interested in science. In addition to the benefit to the teacher herself, she learns to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as seem desirable. CHEMISTRY. The work in this department is treated under three gen- eral divisions, — historical, academic, and applied chemistry. Of these, the last-mentioned receives by far the greatest attention. No text-book is used, but a large amount of reference matter is available. Facts are gained by actual work . The laboratory is equipped with a generous supply of the latest apparatus, and all conveniences are at the students' disposal. From the days of the earliest alchemists (or practitioners of the black art), the development of the science is traced step by step to the founder of modern chemistry, Lavoisier. The academic work includes type experiments with the gases, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon dioxid, chlorine, and such of the hydro-carbons as time will allow, and in addition to these, analysis and synthesis of the acids, hydro- chloric, nitric, sulphuric, acetic, etc., together with the rational use of chemical symbols and formulas. The applied or practical work includes, among other ex- ercises of an interesting character, the qualitative analysis of water, samples of which pupils procure from different parts of the town, and a thorough analysis of which they perform in the laboratory by the most approved methods. Many bring samples of water from their homes and analyze them for the benefit of their parents and friends. The removal of stains of various kinds, fruit, ink, grease, iron rust, paint, etc., furnishes an excellent opportunity for 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. applying principles of bleaching and action of acids and alkalis upon different kinds of fabrics. Before finishing the course every pupil is expected to be able to remove stains of the above-mentioned types. Work in dyeing is treated from an entirely original stand- point. Each pupil at first dyes different fabrics with colors extracted from many common sources, such as bright-colored flowers, leaves, berries, and fruits; later, work in anilin dyes affords opportunity for each student to learn something of this useful art, and at the same time to apply some of the oft-neglected principles of chemistry. Actual work in the extraction of flavors and perfumes is performed by the student, and samples of orange, lemon, vanilla, etc., are the criteria of her skill. Experiments are given by which the determination of alcohol in cider, patent medicines, wines, and " soft drinks" is made simple. The average teacher is little aware of the enormous amount of foreign and oft-times injurious material consumed under the name of candy and gum. Simple analyses of these substances throw much light upon a heretofore obscure sub- ject. Canned goods, such as corn, tomatoes, peas, etc., furnish a series of intensely interesting experiments, since only the few know what they are eating. Students are not encouraged in any sense to become "food faddists," but rather to apply chemical principles in a way most interest- ing and helpful to themselves. The course is not presented with the object of making chemistry teachers of the pupils, but rather to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with valuable information by which she can keep both mind and body in a normal, healthy condition. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 31 GEOGRAPHY. The study of geography covers two terms, and includes : — 1. A study of the structure of the world ridge, and a de- tailed study of the structure of each of the continents, including the mountain ranges and peaks, river systems, and lakes. These are drawn in outline and modeled in relief as studied. •2. A study of geographic forces, including the movements of the earth, seasons, temperature, winds, and rainfall, with special reference to the climate of the United States. 3. The geographic distribution and economic uses of min- erals, plants, and animals. 4. The skufy of peoples — their mental and physical characteristics, languages, religions, governments, indus- tries, and habitations. 5. The study of commerce, its origin, mediums of ex- change, means of transport, commercial routes, aids to commerce, and the leading commercial nations, — their com- mercial advantages, commodities, and commercial centres. In addition the classes are given problems touching the adaptation of the subject-matter of geography to the capacity of children in the different school years, the correlation of geographic readings, the use of geographic pictures, maps, globes, and other teaching aids. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — Study of the dictionary ; diacritical marks and pronunciation ; study of phonetics for teaching purposes ; methods of teaching reading in elementary schools, and frequent practice with classes of children from the model schools. Preparation of reading material for school use. Grammar. — Classification of the parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and sentences by the laboratory method ; analysis of sentences in a simple way. The natural method of teaching 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. language in elementary schools is used, and the pupils them- selves are required to give lessons. English Composition. — It is chiefly as a practical art that the subject is presented in this school. Description, narra- tion, exposition, and argument are taught from daily practice in writing, followed by the teacher's criticism. Much atten- tion is paid to the external form of the paragraph. A com- position is regarded as a living product of an active mind; therefore, there is constant and careful study of the way in which paragraphs grow, of the order in which to say things, and of what not to say. Pupils are trained to intelligent criticism of language work. English and American Literature. — A study of some of the literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the purpose being to help the pupil to appreciate the best. The history of literature is taught in a subordinate way only, to enable the pupil to understand the setting of an author's work ; correlation of myths with nature study ; courses of literature for elementary schools are developed. There are some variations from term to term. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — A rapid review by the laboratory method of the history of our country from the early discoveries to the present, and of the framework of national, State, and municipal government. Instruction in the proper use of pictures and maps as aids in teaching his- tory, correlation with literature, a thorough drill in a good pedagogical method of presenting the subject. Stories of the explorers and the biographies of eminent Americans are re- cast in the vocabulary of childhood for use in primary grades. General History. — Ancient Nations. — Peoples and migra- tions ; geographical position and consequences ; inheritances ; social, political, intellectual, aesthetic, moral, religious, and industrial development ; characteristic institutions ; legacies. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 8B Mediaeval and Modern History. — Instruction and training pre giveo in the inductive method as applied to history, with a view to the development of the "historical spirit. 1 ' The method is illustrated by a careful study of a few coun- tries, with special attention to the main forces at work, the growth of nationality and constitutional government, and the relation of Europe to America. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — Failure on the part of the teacher to recog- nize and to apply the fundamental principles of number ac- cording to well-established psychic laws invariably results in failure on the part of the pupil to understand and to use intelligently the simple processes of arithmetic. No text-book is placed in the hands of the student ; all processes and methods are developed. The importance of the reason for performing the various arithmetical operations is duly emphasized. The modern teacher should fully appreciate the fact that the day of set rules and inflexible formulae is past. The child is no longer told to " invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication." By far the greatest value of any mathe- matical rule lies in its discovery. Students are trained to discover ; having discovered, to apply. Recognizing i n the Grube method a line of thought incom- patible with true mathematical concepts, the pupil is thor- oughly drilled in the movable or flexible unit system, which is so ably treated in Dewey and McLellan's Psychology of Number. The student becomes familiar with our leading arithmetics, from which many characteristic problems are selected. She lb required to solve a problem intelligently, whether she supplies the essential data or takes it as presented by some second person. The course continues throughout the junior year and com- 34 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELT). prises one hundred fourteen recitation periods. The work is taken by grades, and includes exercises in sense training and in relative magnitude, discovery of the primary prin- ciples of number, the history of its decimal system, and the applications of number as a means of measurement. The aim of the course is to give the teachers a logical method of presenting arithmetic, free from fads and reason- destroying practices ; to teach them to be self-reliant, effi- cient, accurate, quick to appreciate and to apply. All of this tends strongly towards the betterment of our public schools. Algebra. — The relation of algebra and arithmetic is always kept before the pupil. Methods of developing the algebraic processes are carefully examined. Students are encouraged to find methods of their own for presenting special phases of the subject. Objects and diagrams are used whenever clearness can be gained thereby. The equation is treated from an original stand-point and is shown in its true character. All opera- tions and many of the problems given in Milne's grammar school algebra are fully treated. In order to get the greatest good from this course, the pupil should be well prepared in algebra through quadratic equations. Geometry. — The history of the subject, both ancient and modern, is presented. The student becomes familiar with some of the world's greatest mathematicians and the influ- ence of their work. She has at her disposal a large amount of unusual but extremely valuable material, in the form of ancient theorems and their uses, calculated to interest the most indifferent pupil. The subject is treated in its two-fold aspect, — first, as applied to the measurement of lines, surfaces, and solids, in which the use of simple measuring instruments is taught, and secondly as related to reason and logic. The student LIBRARY. ROOM FOR HISTORY AND LITERATURE. ! STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 35 should become a clear, fearless, original thinker, who dares attempt the solution of a theorem by other than set text- book methods. OTHER SUBJECTS. Art and Drawing. — This course treats the subject from two points of view : — The objective side aims to give the pupils a knowledge of the principles of representation in outline, light and dark, and in color. Historic art in architecture, sculpture, and painting is studied with reference to its bearing upon our present social problems, and as a source of * ' motifs " for applied work in design. The principles of beauty in color and form are taught as a basis for the subjective work in picture-study and design. The subjective or creative side is emphasized, in the belief that in the field of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all phases of school work and social life, and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades of elementary and high schools, and outlines, lesson plans, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. Vocal Music, — Musical History. — A rapid review of ancient history, including the music of the Chinese, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos; the influence of the Israelites and the Grecians ; the Roman Empire ; the part taken by the curly church in fostering the " Divine Art," the advent of the Paris school of music (the first national school of music), the (iallo-Belgic and the Netherland schools ; the rise and decline of Italy's musical prestige, and the birth of our modern music ; the classical school and its masters ; the in- fluence of the Germans ; the romantic school ; and the growth of musical interests in America. 36 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE8TFIELD. Harmony, the Grammar of Music. — Intervals, scales, triads, inversion of triads, chords, inversion of chords, har- monizing basses, chords of the dominant seventh, preparation and resolution, cadences and suspensions. Musical Notation. — No effort will be made to follow any published system of school music, but the rudiments will be studied with especial regard to the needs of public school music, and the pupils will have practical drill in doing (sing- ing) throughout the course. Special attention will be given to individual drill, and those who think they cannot sing will be given the most careful training, by which they will be convinced that they can learn to sing, and their value in the public school room will thus be enhanced. Chorus Classes. — In chorus classes pains will be taken to acquaint the pupils with the best that the musical world offers. Manual Training. — This course will include paper fold- ing, paper cutting, basketry, compressing raffia and reed, and woodwork, including whittling and bench work. The raffia used is dyed by the students as a part of the course in chemistry ; the models used in the bench work are designed by the students as an application of the work in drawing. Physical Training. — Physical training on the basis of the Ling system of gymnastics. Study of the principles of educational gymnastics, and their application in the Ling system. Practical work in the gymnasium, gymnastic games, squad and class drills conducted by the students. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. - ?> S a h c x& - c - :. >> m jq i CI CO CN -** ;*>*> r^rxi" >>j? »l^«MN'*H .- S ■ « >" '£ £ ='>.■£ = to -3 1 iCJco-t-tsoc-irc^ci 5 ci . a . . . Section B in training school, Kindergartners in kindergarte Child study, A and C, Geography, A, . History of United States, A, Geology and mineralogy, A, Chemistry, A, . Manual training, A and C, Literature, C, Mathematics, C, . General history, C, . Composition, C, . Mubic, A and. C, . School management, A and C, Gymnastics, A and C, A, o, 1 1 * -* _a i p. _ O CHAMM.R. 8 £ 5 ° p. _ ire! Q- COMI- COR. 3 2 2. "D - "L. jr -i 3 ? _ J" n. _ °--S 5 8 " 2 ! - J Lr - 'Pj-an or 3cccyid Floojl ^CALE. | fc -ii* DICKINSON HALL. Plan op Fir.£>t Floor, DICKINSON HALL. t( It li, F P< 0( St ca a,^ th pa sc F( Third floor is like second, except that spac contains gymnasium and roc STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. II in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission of the principal, remain at the hall dur- ing anv vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Each boarder is required to bring towels, napkins, a nap- kin-ring, two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school does not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will not answer. Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per day or |5 per week ; dinner, 35 cents ; supper or breakfast, 25 cents ; lodging, 50 cents. Whenever more pupils apply for rooms than can be cared for in Dickinson Hall, the principal will find places for those who cannot be accommodated ; but all charges in excess of the regular price must be paid by those who are obliged to room outside the dormitory. In Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement space has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclu- sively for students' use; 'set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school Avork in gymnastics is given in this loom ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. 42 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room are situated on the first floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the central fire station of the town, which is situated near by ; extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor ; electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour during the night. Pupils who do not live in Westfield and who do not return to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduates of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. If alumnae sending their addresses will also forward testimo- nials of success, the principal can act for them more intelli- gently. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 43 It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experience before entering the normal school and in the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as may be filed from time to time. Such data will be considered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents ami school committees. GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text-books, and, if rea- sonable notice is given, such students can usually be accom- modated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, school commit- • and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation address the principal at Westfield. 44 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Names of Pupils. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. SENIORS. Amiger, Mary Elizabeth, 150 Walnut Street, Armstrong, Alice Norma, 77 Catherine Street, Babb, Ina Daisy, Barrett, Mary Margaret, 18 Everett Street, . Bartlett, Marguerite, Bartlett, Marion Louise, ..... Bell, Edna Evelyn, Wason Avenue, Bligh, Mary Philomena, 126 Oak Street, Bourassa, Olive N., 12 Avery Street, Brown, Mattie Elizabeth, 16 Chapel Street, . Buckley, Katherine E., . Burke, Mary E, 116 Franklin Street, . Cheney, Hazel Chase, 13 North Prospect Street, Clamann, Jessie Frances, 28 Worthington Street, Collins, Mary Teresa, Pontoosuc, . Conroy, Sadie Gertrude, 71 Cross Street, Cowie, Elizabeth Hill, 81 Jackson Street, Cunningham, Kathryn H., .... Cushman, Lena May, 301 Main Street, . Dalton, Elizabeth Mane, 331 Dwight Street, . Davine, Clara E., 78 Orange Street, Delaney, Audry Veronica, Lynwood Avenue, DeWolf, Maria Sarah, 31 Douglass Street, . Dowling, Genevieve V., 122 Greenwood Street, Dunn, Rose Eleanor, 27 Peck's Road, Eagen, Julia Magdalen, 122 Onota Street, Eagen, Margaret Mary, 52 Circular Avenue, . Ely, Jennie A., Ely, S.May, Farley, Anna Whelan, Fen ton, Anna Belle, ..... Ferris, Abbie Frances, 340 Oak Street, . Flynn, Delia Viola, 91 Beech Street, Springfield. Springfield. Chester. Springfield. Worthington. Worthington. Springfield. Holyoke. Westfield. Springfield. Ware. Springfield. Amherst. Pittsfield. Pittsfield. Franklin. Holyoke. Warren. Agawam. Holyoke. Westfield. Holyoke. Springfield. Springfield. Pittsfield. Pittsfield. Pittsfield. S. Deerfield. S. Deerfield. Stockbridge. Had ley. Indian Orchard. Holyoke. STATE Mil; mm. SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. i:> ford, Etta -Jane 125 North Main Street, . . Springfield. Foster, (Mara Louise, ...... Lenox Dale. Frost. Mabel Man am, Mundale, .... Westfield. Qibbs, Laura Ruth, Mundale, Westfield. Grady, Marietta B., 21 Howard Street, . . . Chicopee. Grant, Lillian May, 349 Dwight Street, . . Holyoke. guinasso, Matilda [., 7 Bush Street, . . . Westfield. Healey, Eva Mary, Southampton. Hurley. Margaret A , 60 Greenwood Street, . . Springfield. Hurwitz, Jennie, 136 Hancock Street, . . . Springfield. Hyde, Mary Josephine, 36 Pleasant Street, . . Westfield. Johnson, Lucy Palmer, 37 Marble Street, . . Springfield. Kennedy, Anna Martha, 50 Day Avenue, . . Westfield. Leahy, Ellen Theresa, 29 Peck's Road, . . . Pittsfield. Maloney, Mary A., Lenox. licGilp, Frances Mildred, 19 South Main Street, . Palmer. Mellor, Julia Eliza, Agawam. Moore, Mamie E., 284 Fairview Avenue, . . Chicopee. Murphy, Noramai, 31 Hamlin Street, . . . Pittsfield. Murray, Lulu Margaret, Housatonic Street, . . Lenox. Murray, Nora G., Pleasant Street, .... Milton. Murtha, Eleanor A., Depot Street, .... Lenox. Nelligan, Lulu F.< 5 Robbins Avenue, . . . Pittsfield. Nugent, Claire Elizabeth, 92 Pleasant Street, . Holyoke. Oberempt, Margaret Wilhelmina, 146 Union Street, Easthampton. O'Brien, M. Florence, 64 Pearl Street, . . . Pittsfield. O'Connor, Agnes Gertrude, 14 O'Connor Avenue, . Holyoke. O'Neill, Grace Agnes, 215 Sargeant Street, . . Holyoke. O'Neill, Mary Elizabeth, 320 Hampden Street, . Holyoke. Owen, Bess W., 14 Spring Street, .... Westfield. Peaselee, Gertrude A. J., 71 Orchard Street, . . Pittsfield. Powers, Margaret Ernestine, 15 King's Highway, W. Springfield, Rohan, Agnes Elizabeth, 226 West Hampden Street, Holyoke. Rourke, Elena Veronica, 110 Whipple Street, . Fall River. Scully, Mary Eleanor, 300 Peck's Road,. . . Pittsfield. Shannon, Georgia Anna, 63 East Central Street, . Worcester. Sibley, H. Alma, 32 Montgomery Street, . . Westfield. Slattery, Anna Elizabeth, 66 Nonotuck Street, . Holyoke. smith, Delia Maria, Barre. Stock well, Anna B., West Farms, .... Northampton. Thompson, Sara Moulton, Palmer. Worthington, Elsie May, Agawam. 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. SENIORS. Armstrong, Carrie C, 77 Catherine Street, . . Springfield. Fish, Pearl E., 60 N. Main Street, .... Palmer. Loomis, Evelyn Rose, 15 High Street, . . . Easthampton. COLLEGE GRADUATES' COURSE. Rowell, Elizabeth Lathrop, 165 Elm Street, . . W. Springfield. TEACHERS' COURSE. Graves, Bessie Myrtle, Southampton. Holmes, Augusta E., Chester. Johnson, Lucy May, Becket. Morse, Maria Emery, Barre. Robbins, Netty e Lillie, 7 Norwood Street, . . Greenfield. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIORS. Aiken, Louise, Ahern, Ellen Maria, 407 Main Street, Alden, Bessie Mae, Atkins, Edith Mildred, 35 Ashley Street, Bothum, Ruby F., 53 Court Street, . Buckley, Bernadetta Katherine, 111 West Housa tonic Street, Buckley, Margaret T., Carmody, Anna Gertrude, .... Chambers, Elizabeth Matilda, Chapman, Lillian May, 239 Hampden Street, Cote, Ellen Elizabeth, 26 Pine Street, . Coughlin, Mary Elizabeth, 257 Peck's Road, . Coyne, Mabel Victoria, 264 Webster Street, . Dexter, Jessie, 49 Montrose Street, Dillon, Mary Julia, 70 Taylor Street, . Dolan, Nellie Agnes, Driscoll, Veronica Rose, 28 Everett Street, , Dyer, Constance, . . < Eckart, Marie Ilelene, 13 Grant Street, . Estey, Bertha M , Haydenville. Holyoke. Ludlow. Springfield. Westfield. Pittsfield. Ware. Bondsville. Feeding Hills. Holyoke. Mittineague. Pittsfield. E. Boston. Springfield. Chicopee Falls. Haydenville. Springfield. Belchertown. Holyoke. Ludlow. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 47 Farrell, Marion Elizabeth, 115 Alden Street, Ferris, Mae, 340 Oak Street, . Fitzgerald, Lucy Cecelia, High Street, . Flynn, Helen Cecelia, Pleasant Street, . Gibbs, Ella Louise Gnnn, Parthenia Elsie, 178 Hancock Street, Haubrick, Kate Elizabeth, 111 Broad Street, Healey, Agatha, 928 Liberty Street, Henderson, Elsa Beatrice, 13 Mason Street, Higgins, Anna M., 7 Maple Street, Hines, Eva Honora, South Street, . Hosley, Mary Allen, 10 High Street, Howe, Lenora Elizabeth, 199 High Street, Hunt, Edith Caroline, Main Street, Johnson, Sidney A., 51 Washington Street, Keenan, Katherine Josephine, 454 Chestnut Street, Keough, Katherine Sylvia, 11 Brooks Avenue, Landry, Clara B., Lovett, Gertrude L., 16 Whitney Street, Lunan, Wilhelmina Milroy, 18 Central Avenue, Mahoney, Helen Pauline, 24 Adams Street, McCormick, Florence Irene, 142 Elm Street, Meeker, Ada M., 50 Hampden Street, . Menton, Anna Veronica, 18 Clifford Street, Mulcahy, Agnes Patricia, 164 Center Street, Neugoal, Mary Elizabeth, 145 State Street, Newport, Martha J , 41 Northampton Street, (TGirr, Charlotte, 434 Springfield Street, OW.il, Cecilia Genevieve, 61 Taylor Street, . Patterson, Bertha Margaret, 20 Sewall Street, Prouty, Ella G., 83 Sycamore Street, Ryan, Margaret Eulalia, 58 Beacon Avenue, Searle, Anna I., 22 Atwater Street, . Stockwell, Anna May, .... 9towe, Avis M., 23 Hancock Street, Supple, Mary Ella, jTagan, Helen Cecelia, 20 Chapel Street, Thompson, Ruth I., Tattle, Persis Gibbs, 16 Keyes Street, . Van Wert, Grace Maybelle, . Waldron, Cecelia Frances, Walsh, Anna Magdalen, 890 Front Street, White, Emily Angeline, .... Springfield. Indian Orchard. Bondsville. Easthampton. Blandford. Springfield. Claremont, N. H. Springfield. Springfield. Pittsfield. Warren. Warren. Springfield. Chester. Westfield. Springfield. Holyoke. Holyoke. Amherst. Indian Orchard. Easthampton. Westfield. Indian Orchard. Easthampton. Chicopee. Springfield. Amherst. Chicopee. Chicopee Falls. Ludlow. Holyoke. Holyoke. AVestfield. Greenwich Village. Westfield. Gt. Barrington. West Warren. Plainfield, N. J. Warren. Chester. Gt. Barrington. Chicopee Falls. Ludlow. 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIKLh. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. JUNIORS. Dickinson, Ethel, 6 Park Street, Dunham, Bessie E., 606 Madison Avenue, Gaugh, Jewell Carlotta, Main Street, Gaugh, Lizette Parsons, Main Street, Giddings, Gladys M., 87 Park Street, . Giddings, Grace EL, 87 Park Street, Sauter, Irene Margaret, 60 Court Street, Northampton. Plainfield, N. J. Easthampton. Easthampton. Easthampton. Easthampton. Westfield. SPECIAL STUDENTS. Burgin, Edna S , 162 Long Hill Street, . . . Springfield. Clune, Mary C, 59 Spring Street, .... Springfield. Coe, Etta Luella, Southampton. Cronin, Mary Cecelia, 200 Center Street, . . Chicopee. Goodwin, Jessie S., 717 Main Street, . . . E. Hartford, Ct. McPhee, Mary, 15 Groveland Avenue, . . . Springfield. Merrell, Cornelia, River Road, .... Agawam. Munro, Clara L., 10 Avery Street, .... Westfield. Price, Edith, Westfield. Saunders, Mrs. Jean G , 22 Day Avenue, . . Westfield. Willard, Alice, Longmeadow. SUMMARY, Seniors in general course, Seniors in kindergarten course, College graduates 1 course, Teachers 1 course, Juniors in general course, Juniors in kindergarten course, Special students, 63 11 Total, 165 •MASSACHUSETTS •STATE- NORMAL' •SCHOOL-^^-i^ •WSTTTELD^ to ? 9 f •CATALOGUE; 'TEAR • OF- •1307 §SL 1S08- •ESTABLISHED * ia<3>3 UNIVERSITY Of IUimcms SEP 20 1915' PRESIDENT'S OFFICE CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Mth Compliments of CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 90^-1908 BOSTON . ' . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED EIGHT CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ESTABLISHED 183 9 1 90?-i 908 BOSTON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED EIGHT Approved by The State Board of Publication. State Board of Education. Established 1837. His Excellency CURTIS GUILD, Jr His Honor EBEN S. DRAPER. TERM EXPIRES Albert E. Winship, Litt.D., . . . Somerville, . May 25, 1908. Thomas B Fitzpatrick, . . Brookline, . May 25, 1909. Miss Caroline Hazard, A.M., Litt.D., . Wellesley, . May 25, 1910. Joel D. Miller, A.M., .... Leominster, . May 25, 1911. Mrs. Kate Gannett Wells, . . Boston, . . May 25, 1912. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B., . . North Adams, May 25, 1913. George I. Aldrich, A.M., . . Brookline, . May 25, 1914. Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, . . . Boston, . . May 25, 1915. OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION. George II. Martin, A.M., Secretary, .... Lynn. Caleb B. Tillinghast, A.M., Clerk and Treasurer, . Boston. Frederic L. Bcrnham, Agent, Cambridge. James W. MacDonald, A.M., Agent, .... Stoneham. John T. Prince, Ph.D., Agent, West Newton. J. E. Warren, A^ent, Worcester. BOARD OF VISITORS. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B. Faculty. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeur, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law, School Management. Lewis B. Allyn, .... Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. Edith L. Cummings, . . . Gymnastics, Manual Training. Frederic Goodwin, .... Vocal Music. Mis. Adeline A. Knight, . . . English, Literature, History. Will S Monroe, . . . Psychology, History of Education, Geography. Louis G. Monte, .... Drawing. Charles B. Wilson, .... Natural Science. Florence B. Phillips, Secretary. TRAINING SCHOOL. George W. Winslow, Principal. Annette M. Fox, . Eighth grade. Alice M. Winslow, Eighth grade. Anna M. Downey, . . . . . . . . Seventh grade. ( i race D. Lynn, substitute, Seventh grade. Lucia A. Coleman, Sixth grade. Ella J. Downey, Sixth grade. Mary G. Shea, Sixth grade. Bdith M. Robbins, Fifth grade. Eliza Converse, Fourth grade. Frances L. Foster, Third grade. Florence P. Axtelle, Second grade. Eunice M. Beebe, First grade. Emma L. Hammond, Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Mr. Marcus H. White, Principal of Normal School, New Britain, Conn. Class of 1882. VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mr. Thomas K McAllister, Newtonville, Mass. Class of 1889. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westlield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mr. Arthur Hinds, Richmond Hill, L. I. Class of 1876. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Miss Susy A. Dickinson, Brookline, Mass. Class of 1876. Mr. J. Silas Diller, Washington, D. C. Class of 1873. Miss Emma F. Lay, Whitinsville, Mass. Class of 1872. Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. The next meeting of the Association will be held at Westfield, 1910. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WKSTFI ELD. CALENDAR FOR 1908. SPRING TERM. Tuesday, 9 a.m., March 17, 1908, to Friday, 4 p.m , June 19, 1908. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 22, 1908. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 23, 1908. EXAMINATIONS. First Entrance Examination. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m., June 25 and 26, 1908. Second Entrance Examination. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 a.m., Sept. 8 and 9, 1908. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 am., in the assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day They should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommo- dations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, school closes at noon. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELT). Calendar for School Year, 1908-9, FALL TERM. 1 Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 10, 1908, to Saturday, 12 m., Dec. 5, 1908. WINTER TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., Dec. 7, 1908, to Saturday, 12 m., March 20, 1909. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a.m , March 22, 1909, to Friday, 4 pm , June 18, 1909. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 21, 1909. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 22, 1909. VACATIONS. Spring. From Friday, 4 p.m , April 24, 1908, to Monday, May 4, 1908. Thanksgiving. From Wednesday, 12 m., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday, at 9 a.m. Christmas. From Saturday, 12 m., Dec. 19, 1908, to Monday, Dec. 28, 1908. Winter. From Saturday, 12 m., Feb. 20, 1909, to Monday, March 1, 1909. Spring. From Saturday, 12 m., April 24, 1909, to Monday, May 3, 1909. i Those seniors who are assigned to tire training school for the fall term will begin 1 1 1 • ■ i r school year Tuesday, Sept. 8, 1!)08. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to Westfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 4,909, of whom 500 have been men. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 2,048 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 13,600 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad stations past the school and connect Westfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April Ts 5 1892. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELJt. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen- tifully supplied with casts,, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The manual training room is equipped with nineteen benches, and with all tools and material necessary for in- structing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportunity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing accommodations for 75 students. A fuller description may be found on page 42, under the caption "Dickinson Hall." STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating 120 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a cost of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for -120 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teacher's room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, and is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both buildings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL. The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organizing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Com- monwealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental training. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). Their fitness for admission will be determined by : — 1. Their standing in a physical examination. 2. Their moral character. 3. Their high school record. 4. A written examination. 5. An oral examination. PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of stud}^, and giving information as to any physical Aveakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901 : — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admission to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the office of teacher, and also to examine any student at any time in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his continuance in the school. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 13 MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; ir demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a good statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot he overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater con- fidence they may have in guarding themselves against the contingencies of an examination and of satisfying the exam- iners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactory examinations, as indicated below (see also caption following "Admission on certification from high schools"). 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. I. Language. — (a ) English, with its grammar and litera- ture, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (bandc) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy, and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemist^. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color, and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATION, Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not other- wise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidate will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATION FROM HIGH SCHOOLS. Candidates from high schools which are on the certificate list of the New England College Entrance Examination Board may be admitted to an} r of the State normal schools without examination in any subject required for admission in which they have attained a standing of B, or 80 per cent., as certified by the principal of the school. Beginning with 1908, candidates from high schools not in the college certificate list may be admitted on similar conditions, if the high schools are approved for the purpose by the Board of Education. High schools desiring this approval should correspond with the secretary of the Board. Graduates of colleges are admitted without examination. SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Reading and Practice. — A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a consider- able number set before him in the examination paper. In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written work done in con- nection with the reading of the books. 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELJ). The books set for this part of the examination are : — 1907-08. — Shakespeare's Julius Caesar; Milton's L'Al- legro, II Penseroso, Comus and Lycidas ; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America ; Macaulay's Essay on Addison and Life of Johnson. The books for study in 1909 are : Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L'Allegro; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address; Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration ; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. The purpose of the examination is to discover, (1) whether the student has acquired a good habit of study ; (2) whether he has formed any standards of literary judg- ment ; (3) whether he has become discerning of literary merit; and (4) what acquaintance he has with standard English and American writers. The examination will take such a form that students who have followed other than the prescribed lines of reading may be able to satisfy the examiners on the above points. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its prin- ciples and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incidentally tested in its applications to other subjects. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 17 III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text-book on United states history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geographer to illumine the history and make them- selves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of the United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a ) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects of acoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those addicted to their use. (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, —physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in perspec- tive. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE8TFIELD. scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sang or played. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected .and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — I. French. II. Mathematics. III. United States historv. IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFLELD. 19 Preliminary Examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate to be substantially as follows : — has been a pupil in tbe School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher,. Address, The group known as I. Language (Latin and English) must be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubt- less be found generally advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several normal -■■hool buildings in accordance with the following schedule : — 1908. — Thursday and Friday, June 25 and 26 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 8 and 9. 1H09. — Thursday and Friday, June 24 and 25 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 7 and 8. 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students shall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two }^ears comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, literature, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, bookkeeping, elementary algebra, and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 21 3, Observation and practice in the training school, and nation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For a more detailed account of this course, see pages 22-37. II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Board of Visitors and the principal of any normal school may arrange for a third year of study and practice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, whenever in their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics ar- ranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its com- pletion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study and his- tory are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work "of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two year's course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Board of Visitors, select a course which may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. College graduates may be admitted to the State normal schools without examination, and may receive a diploma after satisfactorily completing a course of one } r ear, requir- ing at least twenty recitation periods per week and includ- ing the advanced pedagogy and practice of the senior year. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that Course V. has been planned. GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. (a) Elementary Psychology. — The course in elementary psychology includes (1) a study of the physiology of the brain and central nervous system, and the relation of the STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). 23 same to mental development; special attention is given to the nature and training of the senses of sight, hearing, and touch; (2) study of the less complex phases of perception, memory, imagination, thought, the emotions and move- ments, and their development during the elementary school period : (3) study of the personal reminiscences of the childhood of the students, to give them practice in the study of subjective mental phenomena, and to deepen and broaden their concepts of the subjective states of childhood ; (4) care- ful reading and review of a standard reminiscent study of childhood, such as Pierre Loti's Story of a Child, Tolstoi's Childhood, Boyhood, and Youth, John Stuart Mill's Auto- biography, etc. ; (5) study of an individual child. Angell's Psychology, Hal leek's Psychology and Psychic Culture, James's Psychology (briefer course), Kirkpatrick's Induc- tive Psychology, and Rooper's Study in Apperception are used as texts (junior year : first and second terms, two hours a week). (b) Physiological Psychology. — More detailed study of the growth and functions of the brain and central nervous system ; relation of the same to education ; sense defects and school work ; factors conditioning growth of children ; relation of exercise, sleep, and nutrition to growth and mental development. Donaldson's Growth of the Brain, Carpenter's Mental Physiology, Ziehen's Physiological Psy- chology, M'Kendrick and Snodgrass's Physiology of the Senses, James's Principles of Psychology, Titcheners Out- lines of Psychology, as well as the works of Kiilpe, Wundt, Sully, Thorndike, Baldwin, Ladd, Calkins, Bain, Spencer, Eibot, and Sanford, are used as reference guides (junior year; third term, two hours a week). (c) Genetic Psychology. — Studies in the physical, intel- lectual, and moral development of young children ; factors conditioning mental development, as heredity and environ- ment ; mental fatigue and its relation to mental work ; de- 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. velopment of motor ability ; comparative studies of the minds of the lower animals and of savages with those of defective and delinquent children ; observations and tests of senses, memory, attention, motor power, fatigue, etc., of individual children, and the collation and discussion of such data. The course in genetic psychology is designed to pre- sent the facts, so far as they have been scientifically deter- mined, concerning the nature and development of the mind during childhood and adolescence, and to provide the pro- spective teacher with sound criteria for estimating theories about the child's mind, as well as to give adequate training in the concrete study of child life. The texts used are Preyer's Development of the Intellect and Senses and Will, Hall's Youth, Tracy's Psychology of Childhood, Kirkpatrick's Fundamentals of Child Study, Barnes's Studies in Education, Rowe's Physical Nature of the Child, Sully's Studies of Child- hood, Hall's Adolescence, together with the writings of Warner, Chamberlain, Oppenheim, Miss Shinn, Mrs. Moore, Russell, Compayre, Perez, and Baldwin (senior year: two terms, two hours a week) . HISTORY OF EDUCATION. (a) History of European Education. — Study of the de- velopment of educational theories in the educational systems of Europe, including Greek Education, origin of the univer- sities and rise of higher education, humanism and the renais- sance, realism and scientific education, naturalism and the activity of the child. Provision is made for the critical study of portions of such educational classics as Plato's Republic, Montaigne's Education of Children, Mulcaster's Positions, Comenius's School of Infancy and Great Didactic, Locke's Thoughts Concerning Education, Rousseau's Emile, Pestalozzi's Leonard and Gertrude, Eroebel's Education of Man, Ilcrbart's Science of Education, and Herbert Spencer's Education. The course is <>iven in lectures, discussions, and STAT!-: NORMA! school, WESTFIELD. 25 readings. Compayre's History of Pedagogy is in the hands of the students, but outside study is based chiefly on the books by Quick, Williams, J. P. Munroe, Davidson, Paul Monroe, Laurie, Woodward, W. S. Monroe, Barnard, Rash- dall, De (Jarmo, Hughes, Krtisi and Bowen (junior year: first and second terms, one hour a week). (b) History of American Education. — The course traces the successive ideals of the different streams of early Ameri- can civilization, as the English Puritans in New England, the English Quakers in Pennsylvania, the English cava- liers in Virginia, the Dutch in New York, the Swedes in Delaware, the French Hugenots and the Scotch-Irish. Special attention is given to the growth of the Massachu- setts school system, the origin of American normal schools, and the history of educational associations in the United States. Brief study is made of some of the earlier Ameri- can contributions to the literature of education, including the writings of Joseph Neef, Samuel R. Hall, David P. Page, Horace Mann, Henry Barnard, and William T. Harris. Boone's History of Education in the United States and Mar- tin- Evolution of the Massachusetts School System are used as texts, with required readings from the works by Barnard, Wickersham, Adams, Winship, Hinsdale, Dexter, and Monroe (junior year : third term, one hour a week). PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The application to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above ; a study of methodology ; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the stand-point of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use of school discipline as an agency in the moral culture of the child ; a discussion of the curriculum of elementary 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. schools; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic prin- ciples of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectun on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heating, ventilating, and lighting of school rooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils teaching in the training schools. NATURAL SCIENCE. In all science teaching of this school a constant effort is made along three essential lines : — First, a clear presentation of the truths and principles underlying the science. These are learned as far as possible at first hand in the field or the laboratory, and care is taken that they are rightly comprehended. Second, individual instruction and practice in the inter- pretation of these truths and in logical modes of reasoning based upon them. Lastly and chiefly, a thorough drill in the best pedagog- ical methods of presenting such truths and interpretations in elementary instruction. The first two are always subordi- nate, being used as a necessary means to secure success in the third. As a further help toward the same end, large additions have been made to the apparatus and the reference libraries, until it may be fairly said that the school is unsurpassed in point of equipment by any other of like rank. The geological and mineralogical laboratory is equipped with a complete working collection of minerals, rocks, and fossils, and the necessary apparatus for studying them. A valuable cabinet collection is in" constant use for reference and comparison. It is believed that an actual acquaintance with rocks, minerals, and organic forms is of greater value than much abstract knowledge. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 27 The biological and physiological laboratory is furnished with excellent cabinets of preserved material, to which con- stant additions are being made, and which are amply suffi- cient for individual use. It possesses, in addition, a series of charts, casts and models illustrating human anatomy ; a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body ; and a fine herbarium of local plants. Zoology. — General characteristics of animals ; a study of typical animals, considerable attention being paid to their habits, modes of life, and their uses ; these types are selected from the fauna of the vicinity, and as far as possible the home of the animal is reproduced in the laboratorj 7 , and the pupil is required to become acquainted with its habits and daily life, as well as its structure, from actual observation ; B special study of insects and birds, with reference to their economic relations; the principles of classification. The more common species are chosen, in consequence of their adaptation to elementary instruction, and the pupils practise the best methods of presenting such nature work. Physiology. — A general outline of the subject, including the anatomy, physiology and hygiene of the different organs and parts of the body. So far as necessary the anatomy is illustrated by models of the human body, while microscopi- cal structure is demonstrated by a large collection of sections ; but special attention is given to hygiene and to many prac- tical questions concerning bodily health about which every teacher should be Avell informed. The germ theory of vac- cination, the treatment of contagious diseases in the school room, public sanitation, the value of • hospitals and pest houses, good drinking water, hygienic cooking, sanitary clothing, a rational and orderly presentation of the effects produced by alcohol upon the body and mind, the hygienic influence of the mind upon the body, and many other im- portant phases of hygiene are carefully and thoroughly dis- cussed. Lectures are given by competent authorities upon 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELh. the recognition and treatment of the various diseases likely to occur among school children. As thus presented, the course furnishes to the careful student a fund of information, which will be of the greatest practical value in her own life and in her work as a teacher. Geology. — The properties, varieties and uses of the more important minerals, ores and rocks, together with a study of the more useful industries connected with certain minerals, i.e., the mining of coal, the manufacture of coal gas, and the various by-products produced during the process, the mining and smelting of the different ores, the manufacture of quick lime, plaster of Paris, salt, glass, bricks and pottery, etc. The geologic histor}^ of New England, with special reference to Massachusetts. In this historical portion, as the mesozoic strata are well represented in the vicinity, special attention is given to that period. The field work consists of excursions to available points of geologic interest, a visit and a study of such of the local industries as are con- cerned with minerals or ores, a visit to some public museum, an explanation of its educational value in connection with the work of our common schools, and a discussion of the methods to be pursued by the teacher in availing herself of its privi- leges. Special effort is made to correlate this work with physical geography and history. In pursuance of this effort, particular attention is given to the geographical changes produced by the great glacier which formerly covered this part of the continent, to its effect upon the climate, soil and contour of New England. The principal facts with reference to the various prehistoric races of human beings who in- habited this continent prior to its discovery by the Spaniards are presented clearly and briefly, to serve as a foundation for work in history. Botany. — The seed and germination ; the organs of the plant, — root, stem, buds, leaves, the tissues; the plant cell ; protoplasm and its properties; inflorescence; a study of jtg| ?1|E 1 1 ■H' ^~%r -I- 1" t J 3*J 1?*"'^'- ^ ■-* ffl; ait - : j i V j \ 1 __ .:. 1 mm {4 f n 1.. ' A 1 1 I I 1 3ft ?• % .-jV » m > • • I i t 1 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 29 typical flowers, with reference to their plan and structure ; fertilization and conditions of growth ; fruit; a study of some of our common fiowerless plants. Special attention is given to economic plant products, such as fruits, spices, India rubber, vegetable oils, drugs and medicines, dye stuffs, etc. The value of our forests and the uses of the various kinds of lumber are closely correlated with the work in manual training. In the field work, the pupils are taught to utilize their immediate surroundings ; by this method they are certain of obtaining an abundance of material wherever they may chance to teach. A course of nature study for elementary schools is outlined, and instruction is given in obtaining and using suitable materials for class-room pres- entation. OTHER SCIENCES. " Physics. — Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question ; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familiar through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, light, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. Through much laboratory Avork, the student becomes famil- iar with the construction, manipulation and use of physical apparatus. Exercises which have a direct bearing upon every day life are given. The practical idea is made clear. The pupil discovers for herself the principles and facts relat- ing to the special phase of the subject under consideration. Opportunity to make original investigations is given to students especially interested in science. In addition to the benefit to the teacher herself, she learns to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as ii desirable. 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIKLD. Chemistry. — The work in this department is treated under three general divisions, — historical, academic, and applied chemistry. Of these, the last-mentioned receives by far the greatest attention. No text-book is used, but a large amount of reference matter is available. Facts are gained by actual work. The laboratory is equipped with a generous supply of the latest apparatus, and all conveniences are at the students' disposal. The academic work includes type experiments with the gases, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon dioxid, chlorine, and such of the hydro-carbons as time will allow, and in addition to these, analysis and synthesis of the acids, hydro- chloric, nitric, sulphuric, acetic, etc., together with the ra- tional use of chemical symbols and formulae. The applied or practical work includes, among other ex- ercises of an interesting character, the qualitative analysis of water, samples of which pupils procure from different parts of the town, and a thorough analysis of which they perform in the laboratory by the most approved methods. Many bring samples of water from their homes and analyze them for the benefit of their parents and friends. The removal of stains of various kinds, fruit, ink, grease, iron rust, paint, etc., furnishes an excellent opportunity for applying principles of bleaching and action of acids and alkalis upon different kinds of fabrics. Before finishing the course every pupil is expected to be able to remove stains of the above-mentioned types. Work in dyeing is treated from an entirely original stand- point. Each pupil at first dyes different fabrics with colors extracted from many common sources, such as bright-colored (lowers, leaves, berries, and fruits; later, work in anilin dyes affords opportunity for each student to learn something 8TATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 31 of this useful art, and at the same time to apply some of the oft-neglected principles of chemistry. Actual work in the extraction of flavors and perfumes is performed by the student, and samples of orange, lemon, vanilla, etc., are the criteria of her skill. Experiments are given by which the determination of alcohol in cider, patent medicines, wines, and " soft drinks " is made simple. The average teacher is little aware of the terrible injury done to young men and women by the indiscriminate use of headache powders, " cures," "antidotes," '* specifics," etc. Simple analyses of these substances throw much light upon this intensely important subject. The principal aim of the course is to create, if necessary, and to foster a real love for and interest in the great science of chemistry ; to give the pupil a broader outlook and to see herself a factor in the busy, living world. The course is not presented with the object of making chemistry teachers of the pupils, but rather to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with information gained by experience, by which she can keep both body and mind in an alert, healthy condition. GEOGRAPHY. The study of geography covers two terms, and includes : — 1 . A study of the structures of the world ridge, and a de- tailed stud}' of the structure of each of the continents, including the mountain ranges and peaks, river systems, and hikes. These are drawn in outline and modeled in relief as studied. '2. A study of geographic forces, including the movements of the earth, seasons, temperature, winds, and rainfall, with special reference to the climate of the United States. 3. The geographic distribution and economic uses of min- erals, plants, and animals. 4. The study of peoples — their mental and physical 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD characteristics, languages, religions, governments, indus- tries, and habitations. 5. The study of commerce, its origin, mediums of ex- change, means of transport, commercial routes, aids to commerce, and the leading commercial nations, — their com- mercial advantages, commodities, and commercial centres. In addition the classes are given problems touching the adaptation of the subject-matter of geography to the capacity of children in the different school years, the correlation of geographic readings, the use of geographic pictures, maps, globes, and other teaching aids. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — Study of the dictionary ; diacritical marks and pronunciation ; study of phonetics for teaching purposes ; methods of teaching reading in elementary schools, and frequent practice with classes of children from the model schools. Preparation of reading material for school use. Grammar. — Classification of the parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and sentences by the laboratory method ; analysis of sentences in a simple way. The natural method of teaching language in elementary schools is used, and the pupils them- selves are required to give lessons. English Composition. — It is chiefly as a practical art that the subject is presented in this school. Description, narra- tion, exposition, and argument are taught from daily practice in writing, followed by the teacher's criticism. Much atten- tion is paid to the external form of the paragraph. A com- position is regarded as a living product of an active mind ; therefore, there is constant and careful study of the way in which paragraphs grow, of the order in which to say things, and of what not to say. Pupils are. trained to intelligent criticism of language work. English and American Literature. — A study of some of the literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 33 purpose being to help the pupil to appreciate the best. The history of literature is taught in a subordinate way only, to enable the pupil to understand the setting of an author's work ; correlation of myths with nature study ; courses of literature for elementary schools are developed. There are some variations from term to term. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — A rapid review by the laboratory method of the history of our country from the early discoveries to the present, and of the framework of national, State, and municipal government. Instruction in the proper use of pictures and maps as aids in teaching his- tory, correlation with literature, a thorough drill in a good pedagogical method of presenting the subject. Stories of the explorers and the biographies of eminent Americans are re- cast in the vocabulary of childhood for use in primary grades. General History. — Ancient Nations. — Peoples and migra- tions ; geographical position and consequences ; inheritances ; social, political, intellectual, aesthetic, moral, religious, and industrial development ; characteristic institutions ; legacies. Mediaeval and Modern History. — Instruction and training are given in the inductive method as applied to history, with a view to the development of the "historical spirit." The method is illustrated by a careful study of a few coun- tries, with special attention to the main forces at work, the growth of nationality and constitutional government, and the relation of Europe to America. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — Failure on the part of the teacher to recog- nize and to apply the fundamental principles of number according to well-established psychic laws invariably results in failure on the part of the pupil to understand and to use intelligently the simple processes of arithmetic. 34 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELJ*. No text-book is placed in the hands of the student; all processes and methods are developed. The importance of the reason for performing the various arithmetical operations is duly emphasized. The modern teacher should fully appreciate the fact that the day of set rules and inflexible formulae is past. The child is no longer told to " invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication." By far the greatest value of any mathe- matical rule lies in its discovery. Students are trained to discover; having discovered, to apply. Kecognizing in the Grube method a line of thought in- compatible with true mathematical concepts, the pupil is thoroughly drilled in the movable or flexible unit system, which is so ably treated in Dewey and McLellan's Psy- chology of Number. The student becomes familiar with our leading arithmetics, from which many characteristic problems are selected. She is required to solve a problem intelligently, whether she supplies the essential data or takes it as presented by some second person. The course continues throughout the junior year and com- prises one hundred fourteen recitation periods. The work is taken by grades, and includes exercises in sense training and in relative magnitude, discovery of the primary prin- ciples of number, the history of its decimal system, and the applications of number as a means of measurement. The aim of the course is to give the teachers a logical method of presenting arithmetic, free from fads and reason- destroying practices ; to teach them to be self-reliant, effi- cient, accurate, quick to appreciate and to apply. All of this tends strongly towards the betterment of our public schools. Algebra. — The relation of algebra and arithmetic is always kept before the pupil. Methods of developing the algebraic processes are carefully examined. Students are encouraged STATE tfORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 35 to find methods of their own for presenting special phases of the subject. Objects and diagrams are used whenever clearness can be gained thereby. The equation is treated from an original stand-point and is shown in its true character. All opera- tions and many of the problems given in Milne's grammar school algebra are fully treated. In order to get the greatest good from this course, the pupil should be well prepared in algebra through quadratic aquations. Geometry. — The history of the subject, both ancient and modern, is presented. The student becomes familiar with some of the world's greatest mathematicians and the influ- ence of their work. She has at her disposal a large amount of unusual but extremely valuable material, in the form of ancient theorems and their uses, calculated to interest the most indifferent pupil. The subject is treated in its two-fold aspect, — first, as applied to the measurement of lines, surfaces, and solids, in which the use of simple measuring instruments is taught, and secondly as related to reason and logic. The student should become a clear, fearless, original thinker, who dares attempt the solution of a theorem by other than set text- book methods. OTHER SUBJECTS. Art and Drawing. — This course takes into consideration the two methods of art education to-day : — The analytic view aims to give to the pupil a knowledge of the principles of representation in outline, light and shade, and painting in color. Historic art in architecture, sculpture and painting is studied with reference to its bearing upon our present social problems, and as a source of " motifs" for applied work in Efn. The principles of beauty in line and color are taught 36 STATE NORMA L S CHO OL , 'WES TFIELD. . as a basis for the synthetic method in picture study and design. The synthetic or creative side is emphasized, in the belief that in the field of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all phases of school work and social life, and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades of elementary and high schools, and outlines, lesson plans, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. Vocal Music, — Musical History. — A rapid review of ancient history, including the music of the Chinese, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos ; the influence of the Israelites and the Grecians ; the Koman Empire ; the part taken by the early church in fostering the "Divine Art," the advent of the Paris school of music (the first national school of music), the Gallo-Belgic and the Netherland schools ; the rise and decline of Italy's musical prestige, and the birth of our modern music ; the classical school and its masters ; the influence of the Germans ; the romantic school ; and the growth of musical interests in America. Harmony, the Grammar of Music. — Intervals, scales, triads, inversion of triads, chords, inversion of chords, har- monizing basses, chords of the dominant seventh, preparation and resolution, cadences and suspensions. Musical Notation. — No effort will be made to follow any published system of school music, but the rudiments will be studied with especial regard to the needs of public school music, and the pupils will have practical drill in doing (singing) throughout the course. Special attention will he given to individual drill, and those who think they cannot sing will be given the most careful training, by which they will be convinced that they can learn to sing, and their value in the public school room will thus be enhanced. STAT/-: NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 37 Chorus Classes. — In chorus classes pains will be taken to acquaint the pupils with the best that the musical world offers. Manual Training. — This course will include paper fold- ing, paper cutting, basketry, compressing raffia and reed, and woodwork, including whittling and bench work. The raffia used is dyed by the students as a part of the course in chemistry ; the models used in the bench work are designed by the students as an application of the work in drawing. Physical Training. — Physical training on the basis of the Ling system of gymnastics. Study of the principles of educational gymnastics, and their application in the Ling system. Practical work in the gymnasium, gymnastic games, squad and class drills conducted by the students. 38 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. O u In < > ^ pq K « C/3 O (M ** eo .Si o 5 o s 3 3 93 - 3 ~ o CO o^ CO ■* rn . OA 1 < , (0 >4 i 8 o X 02 od" ca a B <1 2 B z aj a < ■d o H z 1 « £ >. T3 © s OB e 3 '3 o >» 3 oT be a 3 i 5" ca'" be ci z o to aa o = 12 >> 8 1 QQ H "oS - S 09 "o o u s OQ 0) a ■1. OS Si — (H 0) o ►» .12 71 33 - 02 O o O a 3 a o A - § s S © ~ •"*< , "-J O — es — S y} 40 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELTJ. LECTURES AND CONCERTS. An effort is made every year to bring students into contact with people of reputation in lecture and concert fields. During the present year those in authority have sought to quicken the school spirit, and bring more closely together students and faculties by a more informal kind of entertain- ment, preceded or followed by a period of social converse. The program for 1907-08 has been as follows : — Indian musicale, arranged by Messrs. Will S. Monroe and Frederic Goodwin ; illustrative selections by Mr. and Mrs. Frederic Goodwin, Miss Louise Arnold ; violin solos by Miss Laura Jones, with Miss Mary Steele, accompanist. The Parthenon, — an illustrated lecture by Prof. Alfred Vance Churchill, Smith College. Diseases of the Schoolroom, — a lecture by Dr. A. T. Schoorf- maker, chairman board of health, Westfield. Sanitary Science in the Schoolroom, — a lecture by Dr. Fred. P. Lowenstein, Westfield. Scotch poetry and prose, — a series of readings in the Scotch dia- lect by Miss Mary F. W. Anderson and Mr. John R. Ander- son of Cambridge. The Ring and the Book, — a lecture by Prof. Edward Howard Griggs of Montclair, N. J. A Plan for Moral Training for the Public Schools, — a lecture by Miss Jane Brownlee, Toledo, O. Graduation address, 1 by Rev. W. C. Gordon. GRADUATION, DIPLOMAS, AND CERTIFICATES. The satisfactory completion of any one of the five courses previously described entitles the pupil to receive a diploma or certificate of graduation. Those who for any reason are unable to do all the work of a course will, on application, receive a certificate stating the exact amount of work done. To be given. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 41 Those who complete Course IV. receive certificates, not diplomas. The course taken by college graduates deter- mines whether they receive certificates or diplomas. DISCIPLINE. Whoever aspires to the responsible office of teacher should habitually practise self-control. This doctrine furnishes the key to the disciplinary policy of this school. Pupils are treated with confidence, and to a large extent the govern- ment of the school is left in their hands. Almost no rules arc made, but it is the constant effort to create such an atmosphere that to follow the best ideals shall be easy and natural. Regular attendance, good behavior, and loyalty to the best interests of the school, are necessary to successful work and are expected of all. The power of suspension for misconduct and of removal from school for failure to do properly the work of the school is lodged in the principal, with an appeal to the Board of Visitors. TUITION AND EXPENSES. Tuition and text-books are free to residents of Massachu- setts Pupils from other States than Massachusetts, attending normal schools supported by this State, are required to pay at the beginning of each half-year session the sum of $25 to the principal of the school attended for tuition, except that in the Normal Art School the sum paid to the principal at the beginning of the session by each pupil from another State will be $50 for each half-year. For cost of board, see " Dickinson Hall," below. 42 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. STATE AID. To assist those students who find it difficult to meet the expense of the course, pecuniary aid is furnished by the State in varying sums, though never exceeding $1.50 per week. Aid is not furnished during the first half-year of attend- ance, nor to students whose scholarship is unsatisfactory. Applications for this aid are to be made to the principal in writing, and must be accompanied by a certificate from a person competent to testify, stating that the applicant needs the aid. DICKINSON HALL. MRS. CHARLES B. WILSON, MATRON. Dickinson Hall is the name given the. new normal dormi- tory, which was used for the first time in September, 1903. It is in charge of the principal, and is a commodious, well- lighted school home, with accommodations for 75 students. Floor plans of this building are given in the cuts facing this page. Rooms will be assigned once each year, two students occupying a suite of three rooms. Whenever possible, students should indicate their choice of room-mate. In all cases those desiring rooms should notify the matron as soon as possible after their admission to the school. The price of board in the boarding halls connected with the normal schools of the State is $160 for the school year, payable in advance as follows : $40 at the beginning of the school year in September; $40 on November 15; $40 on February 1 ; and $40 on April 15. This rate includes board, furnished room (except as below) , steam heat, gas, and laundry, for such time as the school is in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission of the principal, remain at the hall dur- ing any vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 43 When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Each boarder is required to bring towels, napkins, a nap-- kin-rino-, two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school does not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will not answer. Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per day or >.". per week ; dinner, 35 cents ; supper or breakfast, 25 Cents; lodging, 50 cents. Whenever more pupils apply for rooms than can be cared for in Dickinson Hall, the principal will find places for those who cannot be accommodated ; but all charges in excess of the regular price must be paid by those who are obliged to room outside the dormitory. \n Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement space has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclu- sively for students' use ; set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school work in gymnastics is given in this room ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room are situated on the fir-t floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it 44 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the central fire station of the town, which is situated near by ; extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor ; electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour during the night. Pupils who do not live in Westfleld and who do not return to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduates of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. If alumnse sending their addresses will also forward testimo- nials of success, the principal can act for them more intelli- gently. It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experience STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 45 before entering the normal school and in the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as may be filed from time to time. Such data will be considered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents and school committees. GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text-books, and, if rea- sonable notice is given, such students can usually be accom- modated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, school commit- tees, and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation address the principal at Westfield. 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Names of Pupils. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. SENIORS. Ahern, Ellen M., 407 Main Street, . Alden, Bessie Mae Atkins, Edith Mildred, 35 Ashley Street, . Barrett, Maty Margaret, 18 Everett Street, Bartlett, Marion Louise, .... Bothum, Ruby F., 7 Dudley Avenue, Bourassa, Olive, 12 Avery Street, Buckley, Margaret T., .... Carmody, Anna Gertrude, .... Chambers, Elizabeth Matilda. . Chapman, Lillian May, 239 Hampden Street, Clune, Mary C, 59 Spring Street, Cote, Ellen Elizabeth, 26 Pine Street, Coughlin, Mary Elizabeth, 30 Lenox Avenue Coyne, Mabel Victoria, 264 Webster Street, Dal ton, Elizabeth Marie. 331 Dwight Street, Dexter, Jessie, 49 Montrose Street, . Dillon, Mary Julia, 70 Taylor Street, Dolan, Nellie Agnes, Dowling, Genevieve V., 122 Greenwood Street Driscoll, Veronica Rose, 28 Everett Street, Dyer, Constance, Eckart, Marie Helene, 13 Grant Street, Farrell, Marion Elizabeth, 115 Alden Street, Ferris, Lulu, 340 Oak Street, . Ferris, Mae, 340 Oak Street, Fitzgerald, Lucy Cecelia, High Street, Flynn, Helen Cecelia, Pleasant Street, Gibbs, Ella Louise, ..... (.nun, Parthenia Elsie, 1 78 Hancock Street, Haubrick, Kate; Elizabeth, 111 Broad Street, Ilea ley, Agatha, 928 Liberty Street, . Higgins, Anna M., 7 Maple Street, Hoi yoke. Ludlow. Springfield. Springfield. Worthington. Westfield. Westfield. Ware. Bondsville Feeding Hills. Holyoke. Springfield. Mittineague. Pittsfield. East Boston. Holyoke. Springfield. Chicopee Falls. Haydenville. Springfield. Springfield. Helchertown. Holyoke. Springfield. Indian Orchard. Indian Orchard. Bondsville. Easthampton. Bland ford. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield. Pittsfield. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 47 Hincs. Eva Honora, South Street, .... Warren. Hosley, Mary Allen, 10 High Street, ... Warren. Howe. Lenora Elizabeth, 199 High Street, . . Springfield. Hunt, Edith Caroline, Main Street, .... Chester. Hurley, "Margaret A., 60 Greenwood Street, . . Springfield. Johnson, Sidney A., 51 Washington Street, . . Westfield. Keenan, Katherine Josephine, 454 Chestnut Street, . Springfield. Keough, Katherine Sylvia, 11 Brooks Avenue, . . Holyoke. Leahy, Ellen Theresa, 29 Peck's Road, . . . Pittsfield. Lovett, Gertrude L., 16 Whitney Street, . . . Amherst. Lunan, Wilhelmina Milroy, 18 Central Avenue, . Indian Orchard. Mahoney, Helen Pauline, 24 Adams Street, . . Easthampton. Maloney, Mary A., Lenox. McCormick, 1'lorence Irene, 142 Elm Street, . . Westfield. Meeker, Ada M., 50 Hampden Street, . . . Indian Orchard. Menton, Anna Veronica, 18 Clifford Street, . . Easthampton. Merrell, Cornelia, River Road, Agawam. Mulcahy, Agnes Patricia, 164 Center Street, . . Chicopee. Neugoal, Mary Elizabeth, 145 State Street, . . Springfield. O'Girr, Charlotte, 434 Springfield Street, . . . Chicopee. O'Neil, Cecelia Genevieve, 61 Taylor Street, . . Chicopee Falls. Patterson, Bertha Margaret, 20 Sewall Street, . . Ludlow. Prouty, Ella G., 83 Sycamore Street, . . . Holyoke. Rourke. Elena Veronica, 110 Whipple Street, . . Fall River. Ryan, Margaret Eulalia, 58 Beacon Avenue, . . Holyoke. Searle, Anna I, 22 Atwater Street, ... Westfield. Slattery, Anna Elizabeth, 66 Nonotuck Street, . . Holyoke. Stowe, Avis M., 26 Hancock Street, . . . Westfield. Tagan, Helen Cecelia, 20 Chapel Street, . . . West Warren. Thompson, Ruth I., 679 West Third Street, . . Plainfield, N J. Tuttle, Persis Gibbs, 16 Keyes Street, . . . Warren. Van Wert, Grace Maybelle, Chester. Waldron, Cecilia Frances, ...... Great Barrington. Walsh, Anna Magdalen, 890 Front Street, . . Chicopee Falls. White, Emily Angeline, Ludlow. KINDERGARTEN COURSE SENIORS. Dickinson, Ethel. 6 Park Street, Dunham, Bessie E , 606 Madison Avenue, Gaugh, Julie Charlotte, Main Street, Gaugh, Lizette Parsons, Main Street, Sauter, Irene Margaret, 60 Court Street, . Northampton Plainfield, N. J. Easthampton. Easthampton. Westfield. 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. POST-GRADUATES* McDonald, Katherine, 91 Bancroft Street, Young, Ida B , 38 Holland Avenue, . Springfield. Westfield. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIOBS. Allaire, Mary Rosamond, 59 Chestnut Street, , Arnold, Gertrude Louise, 9 Washington Street, Barry, Margaret Theresa, 151 West Street, Bickford, Tryphena M., 8 Summer Street, Bridgman, Marion Elizabeth, . ... Bush, Louise Hopkins, 81 E Silver Street, Carmody, Marcella A., Charest, Antoinette, 352 Main Street, Corcoran, Mary Teresa, 25 Richelieu Street, Corrie, Ethel Moseley, 33 Hampden Street, Cowles, Mary Henderson, .... Dairy m pie, Esther L., 67 Eustis Street, Dalton, Anna Augusta, 1265 Dwight Street, Davis, Eva G., Donahue, Katherine L., Dooley, Mary Elizabeth, 163 Elm Street, . Dowd, Katherine, 30 Bartlett Street, . Dowdall, Agnes C, 137 Beech Street, Egan, Frances H., 52 Holyoke Street, Forsyth, Maude Smith, Brook Street, Geran, Alice Elizabeth, 112 Nonotuck Street, Halfpenny, Anne, 287 Main Street, . Harrington, Clara Emma, 541 Main Street, Higgins, Catherine Claire, 13 Church Place, Ilildreth, Jessie Ellen, 17 Bates Street, Holt, Elaine, Horrigan, Irene Margaret, 31 Pearl Street, Howard, Grace Agnes, 163 Bowles Street, Howard, Helen Theresa, 2 'Winter Street, . Johnson, Abbie Elizabeth, 41 Orleans Street, Kearney, Katherine C, Kearney, Mary Lynch, .... Leahy, Margaret Irene, 2!) Peck's Road, . Lewis, Helen Rosalind, 139 King Street, . Ludwig, Ottilie Elizabeth, 488 Liberty Street. Chicopee. Westfield. Ware. Westfield. Belchertown Westfield. Belchertown Holyoke. Springfield. Westfield. North Hadley. Revere. Holyoke. Hadley. Huntington. Holyoke Westfield. Holyoke. Easthampton. Northbridge. Holyoke. Holyoke. Springfield. Bellows Falls, Vt. Westfield. Norfolk, Conn. Holyoke. Springfield. Franklin. Springfield. Glendale. Glendale. Pittsfield. Springfield. Springfield. STATE XORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD, 49 Lynn, Septa Frances, 311 Walnut Street, . . . Holyoke. Mahoney, Florence Elizabeth, 10 Columbia Street, . Westfield. McGee, Mary Ascension, 40 Hamlin Street, . . Pittsfield. Moynihan, Eva Catherine, 43 Glen Street, . . Holyoke. Noeke, Ruth, (17 Morris Street Springfield. O'Neill, Claire Elizabeth, 320 Hampden Street, . Holyoke. Parker, Alda Lottie, 77 Catherine Street, . . . Springfield. Pease, Genevieve Dickinson, Whately. Pfeifter, Elena Marguerite, 148 First Street, . . Pittsfield Powers, Dora Anna, Oak Avenue, .... Westfield. Powers, Mary Louise, 76 Maple Street, . . . Easthampton. Randall. Beulah Jane, 68 Willard Avenue, . . Springfield. Randall, Ruth Belle, 68 Willard Avenue, . . . Springfield. Richardson, Charlotte Baxter, 98 Court Street, . . AVesttield Riley, Benjamin Trask, 86 Bliss Street, . . . Springfield. Roche, Esther Monica, Brook Street, .... Whitinsville. Root, Shirley Alma, 11 Broad Street, . . . Westfield. Smith, Pearl Rice, Granby. squires, Irene Elizabeth, 170 Smith Street, . . Hartford, Conn. Starkweather, Olive Amanda, 10 Kellogg Street, . Westfield. Stock well, Ora Helen, West Farms, .... Northampton. Taylor, Ruth Frances, 51 Day Avenue, . . . Westfield. Tucker, Teresa Veronica, 9 O'Connor Avenue, . . Holyoke. Vitty, Stella Amanda, Windsor, Vt. Warner, Edith Lillian, Sunderland. Wells, Lena May, 15 Lenox Street, .... Springfield. Whitney, Alice M., Montague. Williams, Mabel E., Holyoke. Winn, Clara Louise, Ware. KINDERGARTEN COURSE, JUNIORS. Clark, Marion Dalziel, Palmer. ( 'owing, Ruby May, East Street, .... Hadley. Goodyear, Eleanor, Westfield. SPECIAL STUDENTS. Avery. Mrs. Frank R., 40 Pleasant Street, Beckwith. Maude S., 163 Franklin Street, Corrie, Emily Elizabeth, 33 Hampden Street, . Cronin, Mary C, 20) Center Street, . Loomis, Anna Laura, 12 Spring Street, Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Chicopee. Westfield. 50 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Mallory, Pearl Leslie, 37 Pleasant Street, . . Westfield. Martin, Harold C, . Shelburne Falls. McCorrnick, Clara, 16 Florence Street, . Springfield. Messenger, Lala A., . Becket. Parker, Mrs. J. C, 51 Washington Street, . Westfield. Parsons, Mrs. J. C, . Westfield. Powers, Agnes Bridget, 10 Maple Terrace, . Mittineague. Rey, Carolyn Augusta, Wood's Hall, Springfield. Starkweather, Sarah, 10 Kellogg Street, . . Westfield. SUMMARY. Post-graduates, . ' . . 2 Seniors in general course, .... . . 68 Seniors in kindergarten course, 5 Juniors in general course, .... 64 Juniors in kindergarten course, 3 Special students, 14 Total, . 156 f***\ TV w STFIELD^ 9wr I MJNOpCEMENT •RSTABOSHE,b 4H UNIVERSITY OF ♦UlNOIb SEP 2 n 1915_ _ "'p^ilDeNT^ OFFICE CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WEST FIELD. Vith Compliments of CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 908- 1909 BOSTON . ■ . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED NINE CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION. MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ESTABLISHED 1 839. 908-1909 BOSTON . . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN FOST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED NINE Approved by The State Board of Publication. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION, Established, 1837. His Excellency EBEN S. DRAPER. His Honor LOUIS A. FROTHINGHAM. Thomas B. Fitzpatkick, Frederick P Fish, Joel D. Miller, A.M . Mrs. Kate Gannett Wells, Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B., George I. Aldrich, A.M., . Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, . Albert E. Winship, Litt.D , Boston, . Brookline, Leominster, . Boston, . North Adams, Brookline, Boston, . Somerville, . TERM EXPIRES May 25, 1909. May 25, 1910. May 25, 1911. May 25, 1912. May 25, 1913. May 25, 1914. May 25, 1915. May 25, 1916. OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION. George H. Martin, A.M , Secretary, . Caleb B. Tillinghast, A.M., Clerk and Treasurer, Frederic L. Burniiam, Agent, .... James W. MacDonald, A.M., Agent, . John T Prince, Agent, Julius E. Warren, Agent, Worcester. Lynn. Boston. Cambridge. Stoneham. West Newton. BOARD OF VISITORS. Albert E. Winship, Litt.D. Clinton Q. Richmond, A.B. FACULTY. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Bkodeuk, Principal. Pedagogy, Lewis I). Allyn, Edith L. Cummings, Frederic Goodwin, . Mrs. Adeline A. Knight, John ('. Ilocken berry, Louis G. Monte, Charles B. Wilson, . School Law, School Management. . Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. . Gymnastics, Manual Training. . Vocal Music. . English, Literature, History. . Psychology, History of Education, Geography, Sociology. . Drawing. . Natural Science. Florence B. Phillips, Secretary. y TRAINING SCHOOL. George W, Wixslow, Principal. A Annette Fox. Alice M. Winslow, Anna M. Downey, Clara L. Bush, . Lucia A. Coleman, Ella J. Downey, If ay T. Grout, . Edith M. Hobbins, Eliza Converse, Frances L. Foster, Florence P. Axtell Eunice M. Beebe, Emma L. Hammond Eighth grade. Eighth grade. Seventh grade. Seventh grade. Sixth grade. ' Sixth grade. Fifth grade. Fifth grade. Fourth grade. Third grade. Second grade. First grade. Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Mr. Marcus H. White, Principal of Normal School, New Britain, Conn. Class of 1882. VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Newtonville, Mass. Class of 1889.. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westlield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mr. Arthur Hinds, Kichmond Hill, L. I. Class of 1876. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Miss Susy A. Dickinson, Brookline, Mass. Class of 1876. Mr. J. Silas Diller, Washington, D. C. Class of 1873. Miss Emma F. Lay, Whitinsville, Mass. Class of 1872. Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. I be iK\t meeting of the Association will be held at Westfield, 1910. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Calendar for 1909, SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 A M , March 22, 1909, to Friday, 4 p.m , June 18, 1909. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 21, 1909. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 22, 1909. EXAMINATIONS. First Entrance Examination. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m , June 24 and 25, 1909. Second Entrance Examination. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 am., Sept. 7 and 8, 1909. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m., in tin- assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the Rrsl day. They should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils pure obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommo- dations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, Bchool closes at noon. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. CALENDAR FOR SCHOOL YEAR, 1909-10. FALL TERM. 1 Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 9, 1909, to Saturday, 12 m., Dee. 4, 1909. WINTER TERM. Monday, 9 a.m , Dec. 6, 1009, to Saturday, 12 m , March 19, 1910. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a m , March 21, 1910, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 17, 1910. CLASS DAY. Monday, June 20, 1910. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 r m., June 21, 1910. VACATIONS. Spring. From Saturday, 12 M , April 24, 1909, to Monday, May 3, 1909. Thanksgiving. From Wednesday, 12 m , preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday. Christmas. From Thursday, Dec 23, 1909, to Monday, Jan. 3, 1910. Winter. From Saturday, Feb 2G, 1910, to Monday, March 7, 1910. Spring. From Saturday, L2 m., April 30, 1910, to Monday, May 9, 1910. i 'ii,. who are assigned to the training school for the Pall term will begin their school ; day, 8ept. 7, 1909, at 9 a.m. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839«, and was transferred to Westfield in 1814. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 4,998, of whom 500 have been men. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 2,116 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 13,600 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Ilolyoketen, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad stations past the school and connect Westfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND 'GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April 18, 1892. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen-. tifully supplied with casts, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The manual training room is equipped with nineteen benches, and with all tools and material necessary for in- structing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportunity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing accommodations for 75 students. A fuller description may be found on page 41, under the caption " Dickinson Hall." STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating 1 20 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a cost of 84"), 000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for 420 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teachers' room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, and' is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both buildings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL. . The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — Tht' design of the normal school is strictly professional; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pnpils i'or the work of organ- izing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Common- wealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental tniininsr. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). Their fitness for admission will be determined by : — 1. Their standing in a physical examination. 2. Their moral character. 3. Their high school record. 4. A written examination. 5. An oral examination. PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901 : — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admis- sion to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the office of teacher, and also to examine any student at anytime in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his con- tinuance in the school. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation STAT!-: NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 13 requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a jrood statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater confi- dence they may have in guarding themselves against the con- tingencies of an examination and of satisfying the examiners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactorj r examinations, as indicated below (see also caption following "Admission on certification from high schools*'). I. Language. — (a) English, with its grammar and lit- erature, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plain geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (band c) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATIONS. Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects. or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not otherwise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidate will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATION FROM HIGH SCHOOLS. Candidates from high schools which are on the certificate list of the New England College Entrance Examination Hoard may be admitted to any of the State normal schools without examination in any subject required for admission STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 in which they have attained a standing of B, or 80 percent., as certified by the principal of the school. Candidates from high schools not in the college certificate list may be admitted on similar conditions, if the high schools are approved for the purpose by the Board of Education. High schools desiring this approval should correspond with the secretary of the Board. Graduates of colleges are admitted without examination. SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now (mite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Re'ading and Practice. — A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge *of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a consider- able number set before him in the examination paper. In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written work done in con- nection with the reading of the books. The books for study in 1909-1911 are: Shakespeare's Macbeth ; Milton's L' Allegro ; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address ; Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration ; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. The purpose of the examination is to discover, (1) whether the student has acquired a good habit of study ; lb' STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. (2) whether he has formed an y standards of literary judg- ment ; (3) whether he has become discerning of literary merit; and (4) what acquaintance he has with standard English and American writers. The examination will take such a form that students who have followed other than the prescribed lines of reading may be able to satisfy the examiners on the above points. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its prin- ciples and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incidentally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text-book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make them- selves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, .so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of the I rnited States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking ell'eets STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 17 of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those addicted to their use. (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, —physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in perspec- tive. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. ( b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or played. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. ( andidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — I. French. II. Mathematics. III. United States history. IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. ■C3 Preliminary Examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate to be substantially as follows : — has been a pupil in the School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof: — Signature of principal or teacher, Address, STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 The group known as I. Language (Latin and English) must be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubt- be found generally advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- n June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several normal school buildings in accordance with the following schedule : — 1909. — Thursday and Friday, June 24 and 25 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 7 and 8. 1910. — Thursday and Friday v June 23 and 24 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 6 and 7. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students >hall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, literature, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, bookkeeping, elementary algebra, and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. 3. Observation and practice in the training school, and observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For a more detailed account of this course, sec pages 22-3H. II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Board of Visitors and the principal of any normal school may arrange for a third year of study and practice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, whenever in STATE JfORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 21 their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course 1 shall be a more complete mastery of the topics ar- ranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its com- pletion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study and his- tory are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two year's course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Board of Visitors, select a course Avhich may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. ( ollege graduates may be admitted to the State normal schools without examination, and may receive a diploma after satisfactorily completing a course of one year, requir- ing at least twenty recitation periods per week and includ- ing the advanced pedagogy and practice of the senior year. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that Course V. has been planned. GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. There are two courses in psychology, one for the junior and one for the senior year. The work given is in part in- dicated in the following statement : — 1. Elementary Psychology. — This course includes (a) the grosser anatomy and the physiology of the central nervous system in man, together with a study of the elements of the nervous system and their connections ; the sense organs, their parts and their hygiene ; (b) the elementary and more complex mental processes in their development and connec- tions ; (c) the physical basis of mental growth and develop- ment ; (, o 3 br a >> % cS o w a P^ * s * z, lis. | a -s « | a 5' £ S £ q^ - S 00 ^ -, Fh o a Ol ^ 0J r« "3 Ml o H 3 o.2 QU O © "p cc H £ .2 38 .STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. n - ' - - 6N eo eo ' > OS S3 3 = os |2| 5 as 3 O CO d © o OD bo o © o d i CO * ' CM i eo co ' CM ri en CN ■^ , Ci 1 CN (6 < o H W tH to co g s co ^~ >> 03 bB © BQ o H W CO CO s 5 o 'oo s s - s b£ S 3 -J ,2 aS Pi a >. 3 c DO S3 H p) 33 3 05 OS OO os" 33 ol 'co be 03 a be § 3 »£ o © o CO CO d ■* * CI - , CO O / o .2 03 03 a o« £ bC f- CO O £2 CO 3 5 o 33 a Q S3 a S S '■/ o © .2 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD, 39 LECTURES, CONCERTS, AND RECEPTIONS, An effort is made every year to quicken a school spirit and interest, to educate through the social instinct, and to bring students into contact with people of reputation in lecture and concert fields. The program for 1908-09 has been as follows : — Complimentary reception to Mr. Will S Monroe, retiring- teacher of psychology and geography. Rip Van Winkle, — a recital. Mr. George Kiernan, elocutionist. Lecture, — an interpretation of the pictures on the walls of the assembly hall. Mr. Walter Pach, New York. Lecture recital, — Tennyson. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, assisted by Miss lima Schadee, soprano, Miss Hazel Huntley, contralto, Mrs. Frederic Goodwin, pianist, Mr. Charles L. Hoyt, tenor, Mr. Frederic Goodwin, bass. Lecture recital, — Longfellow. Principal Clarence A Brodeur, assisted by musicians named above. Trio concert of chamber music. Miss Lena J. Bartlett, pianist, Mr. Victor L. F. Rebmann, violinist, Mr. Edwin B. Hedges, cellist. Moral leaders, — a course of seven lectures by Prof. Edward Howard Griggs, Montclair, N J. : .Socrates, St. Francis of Assisi, Savonarola, Victor Hugo, Thomas Carlyle, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Count Tolstoy. Lecture, — National Dangers and National Defence Mrs Lucia Ames Mead. Organ recital, complimentary to class of 1909. Mr. Fred Clark, Northampton, assisted by Mr. Frederic Goodwin, bass. Graduation address, — Mr. Charles H. Keyes, Hartford, Conn. GRADUATION, DIPLOMAS, AND CERTIFICATES. The satisfactory completion of any one of the five courses previously described entitles the pupil to receive a diploma or certificate of graduation . Those who for any reason are unable to do all the work of a course will, on application, receive a certificate stating the exact amount of work done. Those who complete Course IV. receive certificates, not diplomas. The course taken by college graduates deter- mines whether they receive certificates or diplomas. 40 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. DISCIPLINE. Whoever aspires to the responsible office of teacher should habitually practice self-control. This doctrine furnishes the key to the disciplinary polic}' of this school. Pupils are treated with confidence, and to ,a large extent the govern- ment of the school is left in their hands. Almost no rules are made, but it is the constant effort to create such an atmosphere that to follow the best ideals shall be easy and natural. Eegular attendance, good behavior, and loyalty to the best interests of the school, are necessary to successful work and are expected of all. The power of suspension for misconduct and of removal from school for failure to do properly the work of the school is lodged in the principal, with an appeal to the Board of Visitors. TUITION AND EXPENSES. Tuition and text-books are free to residents of Massachu- setts. Pupils from other States than Massachusetts, attending normal schools supported by this State, are required to pay at the beginning of each half-year session the sum of $25 to the principal of the school attended for tuition, except that in the Normal Art School the sum paid to the principal at the beginning of the session by each pupil from another State will be $50 for each half-year. For cost of board, see " Dickinson Hall," below. STATE AID. To assist those students who find it difficult to meet the expense of the course, a small pecuniary aid is furnished by the State in varying sums. Aid is not furnished during the first half-year of attend- ance, nor to students whose scholarship is unsatisfactory. Applications for this aid are to be made to the principal STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELD. 41 in writing, and must be accompanied, by a certificate from a person competent to testify, stating that the applicant needs the aid. DICKINSON HALL. MRS. CHARLES B. WILSON, MATRON. Dickinson Hall is the name given the new normal dormi- tory, which was used for the first time in September, 1903. It is in charge of the principal, and is a commodious, well-lighted school home, with accommodations for 75 stu- dents. Rooms will be assigned once each year, two students occupying a suite of three rooms. Whenever possible, students should indicate their choice of room-mate. In all cases those desiring rooms should notify the matron as soon as possible after their admission to the school. The price of board in the boarding halls connected with the normal schools of the State is $160 for the school year, payable in advance as follows : $40 at the beginning of the school year in September ; $40 on November 15 ; $40 on February 1 ; and $40 on April 15. This rate includes board, furnished room (except as below) , steam heat, gas, and laundry, for such time as the school is in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission "of the principal, remain at the hall dur- ing any vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Each boarder is required to bring towels, napkins, a nap- kin-ring, four sheets for three-quarters bed (54 inches by 90 inches) , two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school does not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. 42 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will not answer. Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per day or $5 per week ; dinner, 35 cents ; supper or breakfast, 25 cents; lodging, 50 cents. Whenever more pupils apply for rooms than can be cared for in Dickinson Hall, the principal will find places for those who cannot be accommodated ; but all charges in excess of the regular price must be paid by those who are obliged to room outside the dormitory. In Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement space has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclu- sively for students' use ; set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school work in gymnastics is given in this room ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room' are situated on the first floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the central fire station of the town, which is situated near by ; extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor : electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour during the night. STATE VORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 43 Pupils who do not live in Westfield and who do not return to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduated of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. If alumnae sending their addresses Avill also forward testimo- nials of success, the principal can act for them more intelli- gently. It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experience before entering the normal school and in the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as may be tiled from time to time. Such data will be considered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents and school committees. 44 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text-books, and, if reason- able notice is given, such students can usually be accommo- dated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, school commit- tees, and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation address the principal at Westfield. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 45 Names of Pupils. GENERAL TWO YEARS* COURSE. SENIORS. Allaire, Mary K.. 67 Park Street, . Arnold. Gertrude L., 18 Woronoco Avenue, Barry, Margaret T , 151 West Street, fSaxtlett, Marguerite, Bickford, Tryphena M , 8 Summer Street, Bridgman, Marion E., Bush, Louise H.,81 E. Silver Street, Carmody, Marcella A., . Charest, Antoinette. 352 Main Street, done, Mary C, 59 Spring Street, . Corrie, Ethel M , 47 Jefferson Street, Cronin, Mary C, Cross Street, Dalrymple, Esther L., 67 Eustis Street, Dalton, Anna A., 1265 Dwight Street, Dooley. May E., 163 Elm Street, . Dowd, Katherine T , 47 Prescott Street, Dowdall, Agnes C, 137 Beech Street, Egan Frances H ., 52 Holyoke Street, Forsythe, Maude S , Brook Street, . Geran, Alice E , 112 Xonotuck Street, Halfpenny, Anne. 287 Main Street, Harrington, Clara E , 541 Main Street, Biggins, Anna M , 7 Maple Street, Biggins, Catherine C, 13 Church Place, Hildreth, Jessie E., 17 Bates Street, Holt. Elaine, Horrigan, Irene M., 31 Pearl Street, Howard. Grace A , 149 Howies Street, Howard, Helen T., 2 Winter Street, Hunt. Edith C, Main Street, . Johnson, Abbie E . 573 Union Street, Kearney. Katherine C, Glendale, . Kearney, Mary L,, Glendale, . Chicopee. Westfield. Ware. Worth in gton. Westfield. Belchertown. W'estfield Belchertown. Holyoke. Springfield. Westfield. Chicopee Revere. Holyoke. Holyoke. Worcester. Holyoke Easthampton. Whitinsville. Holyoke Holyoke Springfield Pittsfield Bellows Falls, Westfield. Norfolk, Ct Holyoke. Springfield. Franklin Chester. Springfield. Stockb ridge. Stockbrid^e. Vt. 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WEST FIELD. Keenan, Katherine J., 454 Chestnut Street, Leahy, Margaret I., 29 Pecks Road, Lewis, Helen R., 139 King Street, . Ludwig, Ottilie E., 11 Columbia Terrace, Lynn, Septa F., 311 Walnut Street, Mahoney, Florence E , 10 Columbia Street, McGee, Mary A., 40 Hamlin Street, Merrell, Cornelia, River Road, Moynihan, Eva C, 43 Glen Street, Mulcahy, Agnes P., 164 Center Street, . Nocke, Ruth, 67 Morris Street, O'Neill, Claire E., 1204 Hampden Street, Parker, Alda L., 77 Catherine Street, . Patterson, Bertha M., 20 Sewall Street, Pease, Genevieve D., Pfeiffer, Elena M , 148 First Street, Powers, Dora A., Oak Avenue, Powers, Mary L., 76 Maple Street, Randall," Beulah J , 68 Willard Avenue, Randall, Ruth B., 68 Willard Avenue, . Richardson, Charlotte B., 98 Court Street, Riley, Benjamin T , 22 Howard Place, . Roche, E. Monica, Brook Street, . Root, S. Alma, 70 Court Street, . " . Smith, Pearl R , . Squires, Irene E., 170 Smith Street, Starkweather, Olive A., 10 Kellogg Street, Stockwell, Anna M., .... Stock well, O. Helen, 78 Chestnut Street, Stowe, Avis M., 26 Hancock Street, Taylor, Ruth F., 51 Day Avenue, . Tucker, Teresa V., 9 O'Connor Avenue, Vitty, Stella A., Warner, Edith L , Wells, Lena M., 15 Lenox Street, . Whitney, Alice M , Springfield. Pittsfield. Springfield. Springfield. Holyoke. Westfield. Pittsfield. Agawam. Holyoke. Chicopee. Springfield Holyoke. Springfield. Ludlow. Whately. Pittsfield. Westfield. Easthampton. Springfield. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield. Whitinsville. Westfield. Granby. Hartford, Conn. Westfield. Greenwich Village.. Florence. Westfield. Westfield. Holyoke. Windsor, Vt. Sunderland. Springfield. Montague. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. SENIORS. ( lark, Marion I). ('owing, Ruby M , East Street, Goodyear, Eleanor, 201 West 81st Street, Palmer. Iladley. New York. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 47 TEACHERS' COURSE, Duggan, Hose Elizabeth, .... Hinsdale, N. H. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIORS. Abbott, Jennie Louise, 6 South Street, . . . Westfield. Bailey, Ruby Elizabeth, 181 West Street, . ; Ware Barron, Mildred T,. 182 Garfield Street, . . Springfield. Bartlett, Ruth Ann Middlefield. Bugbee, Frances Marion, 24 Crosby Street, . . Springfield. Burnham, Marion Augusta, 221 Broadway, . . Revere. Bnschmann, Louisa Maude, 20 Union Avenue, . Westfield. Caldon, Alice Louise, 19 Lowell Avenue, . . West Springfield. Carl, Annott Smith, 73 Main Street. . . . Westfield. Casey, Elizabeth Mary, 19 Dubois Street, . . Westfield Casey, Mary Veronica, 67 Nonotuck Street, . . Holyoke. Chapman, Anna C, 8 White Street, . . Westfield. Conner, Elizabeth Euphenia, 71 Exchange Street, Chicopee. Counihan, Anna Marcella, 3 West Street, . . Whitinsville. Davine, Alice Helen, 78 Orange Street, . . Westfield. Dean, Mrs. Allan H , 50 Jefferson Street, . . Westfield. Delaney, Helen Josephine, Lynwood Avenue, . Holyoke. Deslauriers, Aline Noelia, 30 Cottage Street, . Ware. Dragon, Clare Lillian, Eagle Street, . . Lee. English, Agnes Irene, 24 Sackett Street, . . Westfield. Fanning, Lulu M , 14 Depot Street, . . . Lee. Fenn, Nellie Jane, Westminster, Vt. Flagg, Marion Lucy, 151£ High Street, . . . Springfield. Flagg, Ruth Elizabeth, 7 Ashley Street, . . Mittineague. Foley. Isabel Agnes, Monson. Foster, Marion Gladys East Windsor, Ct. Friel, Olive May, 109 Cottage Street, . . . Easthampton. Garside, Verona Willis, ll£ South Street, . . Holyoke. Glasheen, Agnes Elizabeth, 203 N. Main Street, . Gardner. Gold, Alma Rosella, 14 Gray Street, . . . Amherst. Griffin, Bridget, 2(5 Main Street, .... Bondsville. Hamilton, Fhebe Io, Chester. Hannigan, Anna Gertrude Monson. Hannum, Iola Lillian, Southampton. Hajton, Effie, 297 Chestnut Street, . . . Holyoke. Hibbard, Christine B., North Hadley. Horr, May Estella, : Enfield. 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Hurley, Agnes Graham, 18 Jefferson Avenue, Hyde, Ella Helena, 36 Pleasant Street, . Hynes, Mary Marguerite, 25 Washington Street, Kennedy, Margaret O , 50 Day Avenue, Kingsley, Emily, Kingsley, Evelyn, Knapp, Edna Pauline, 86 Euclid Avenue, Kniffin, Mariette, Lambert, Agnes Cecelia, 475 Union Street, MacCann, H. Beatrice, 21 South Street, . Macke}^, Teresa Cecilia, 56 Pine Street, Merriam, Ruth Henrietta, 43 School Street, Nute, Lillian May, Owen, Hazel Chapin, 14 Spring Street, . Perkins, Enid, 110 Union Street, . Plumb, Sarah Helen, Chestnut Street, . Pomeroy, S Ethel, 26 Forest Street, Putnam, Gladys, Fields Street, Eanney, Clara Elsie, .... Reilley, Genevieve F., 101 Maple Street, Reilly, Katherine Loretta, 54 Tenth Street, Rice, Harriette Ellen, .... Sauer, Edith May, 63 Cortland Street, . Sanders, Myrtle A, 15 South Maple Street, Savery, Elizabeth, 59 King Street, . Selfors, Hilda, 148 Monroe Street, . Shea, Teresa Catherine, 79 Prospect Street, Shepard, Marilla M , 15 Ashley Street, . Sherman, Dora Cynthia, .... Starkweather, Sarah, 10 Kellogg Street, Stent, M. Lesley, Rear 275 Maple Street, Sutty, Helena Victoria, 19 S. John Street, Tracy, Magdalen Stumpf, 33 Canal Street, Trotter, Gladys Irene, .... Twohig, Ellen Louise, 68 Oak Street, . Walsh, Nora Clyde, 90 Dartmouth Street, Warner, Adeline Idella, 12 Princeton Street, Springfield. W T estfield. Monson. West field Feeding Hills. Feeding Hills. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield Ware. Holyoke Springfield. North Conway, N.H. Westfield Westfield. Amherst Springfield. West Springfield. Saxton's Hiver, Vt. Ware. Springfield. Barre. Springfield Westfield. Westfield. Springfield Holyoke. Mittineague Brimfield Westfield. Springfield Pittsfield. Lee Springfield, Vt. Norwich, Ct Springfield. Westfield. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. JUNIORS. Fall, Barbara, 55 Prospect Street, . Honsinger, Leila Emily, 24 Atwater Street, . McFaul, Lula May, L255 Dwight Street, Price, Maud, . ' Roy, Hyacinth Elizabeth, :!<> Cleveland Street, Somers worth, N. II. Westfield. Holyoke. Westerly, II I. Springfield. STATI-: NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 49 SPECIAL STUDENTS, Atchinson. Ethelbert, 29 Mill Street, . Cooley, Tom, Court Street, Hamilton, Mrs. June H., Rogers Avenue, Johnston, Alice M., 53 Court Street, keenan. Mary V., 7 Sackett Street, Parsons, Mrs J. C, .... Powell, Louise, 20 Amaron Street, Benaud, Leonia H., 12 Franklin Avenue, Richardson, Hazel, 98 Court Street, Robbins, Ethel Mae, 50 King Street, Root, Fannie W , Stearns, Joanna E , "NVhitcomb, Hazel G , Winslow, Elizabeth, 52 Court Street, . Westfield. Westfield. West Springfield. Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Springfield. Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Granville. East Windsor. Farmington, Me. Westfield. SUMMARY, Seniors in general course, 69 Seniors in kindergarten course, 3 Teachers' course, . . . . 1 Juniors in general course, 74 Juniors in kindergarten course, . 5 Special students, ........ 14 Total, 166 wH .;■',"' i^rafei •STATEj "NORMAL- •SCHOOL- 4f!r4fe •WESTFELD^fk OF ILLINOIS PRESIDENT S OFFTCB. •ANNOUNCEMENT •YEAR * OF- •1303 §t ISIO* ♦ESTABLISHED ♦ ld^«S CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION UNIVERSITY OP ILLINOIS MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHQO« T . OFricl WESTFIELD. COK iOMPLIMENTS OF CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 1909-1910. BOSTON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED TEN. CATALOGUE AND CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION UNIVERSITY OP ILLINOIS MASSACHUSETTS * STATE NORMAL SCHQ£k NT'S OFFICA WESTFIELD. ESTABLISHED 1839 1909-1910. BOSTON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED TEN. Approved by The State Board of Publication. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION. Established, 1839. Reorganized, 1910. TERM EXPIRES Frederick P. Fish, . . Boston, 1913. Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, . Boston, 1913. Frederick W. Hamilton, . Tufts College, 1913. Mis- Sarah Louise Arnold, . Newton Centre, 1912. Simeon B. Chase, . . Fall River, . 1912. Clinton Q. Richmond, . . North Adams, 1912. Levi L. Conant, . Worcester, 1911. Thomas B. Fitzpatkick, . Boston, 1911. Paul 11. Hanus, . Cambridge, . 1911. OFFICERS OF THE STATE BOARD OF David Snedden, Commissioner of Education, William Ork, Deputy Commissioner, Charles A. Prosser, Deputy Commissioner, George H. Martin, Treasurer, George II. Martin, Agent, John T. Prince, Agent, . James W. MacDonald, Agent, Julius E. Warren, Agent, Frederic Lynden Burnham, Agent Frank Waldo, Agent, EDUCATION. . Boston. . Boston. . Boston . . Boston. . Boston. . West Newton. . Stoneham. . Worcester. . Cambridge. . Boston. Faculty. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeub, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law, School Management. Lewi- B. Allyn, Edith L. Cummings, Frederic Goodwin, Mrs. Adeline A. Knight, J. Coulter Hockenberry, Louis G. Monti's ( harles B. Wilson, . . Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. . Gymnastics, Manual Trailing. Vocal Music. . English, Literature, History. . Psychology, History of Education, Geography, Sociology. . Drawing. . Natural Science. Mary E. Coughlin, Secretary. TRAINING George W. Winsi A. Caro Balcom, Alice M. Winslow, ( lam L. Bush, Anna M. Downey, Lucia A. Coleman, Ella J. Downey, May T. Grout, . Edith M. Robbins, Eliza Converse, Fiance- L. Foster, Florence 1*. Axtell, Eunice .M. Beebe, Emilia L. Hammond, SCHOOL. OW, Prin ipal. Eighth grade. Eighth grade. Seventh grade, Seventh grade. Sixth grade. Sixth grade. Fifth grade. Fifth grade. Fourth grade. Third grade. Second grade. First grade. Kindergarten. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELU. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Mr. Marcus H. White, Principal of Normal School, New Britain, Conn. Class of 1882. VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Esther J. Morgan, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1862. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Newtonville, Mass. Class of 1889. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westfield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mr. Arthur Hinds, Richmond Hill, L. I. Class of 1876. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Miss Susy A. Dickinson, Brookline, Mass. Class of 1876. Mr. J. Silas Diller, Washington, D. C. Class of 1873. Miss Emma F. Lay, Whitinsville, Mass. Class of 1872. i Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. The next meeting of the Association will be held at Westfield, May 28, L910. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL,. WESTFIELD. Calendar for 1910. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., March 21, 1910, to Thursday, 4 p.m., June 16, 1910. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 21, 1910. EXAMINATIONS FOR ADMISSION. First Entrance Examination. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m., June 23 and 24, 1910. Second Entrance Examination. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 a.m., September 6 and 7, 1910. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m., in tin- assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day. They should come prepared to stay in September. If pupils are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommo- dations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, M-hool closes at noon. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Calendar for School Year, 19J0-U. FALL TERM. 1 Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 8, 1910, to Saturday, 12 m., Dec. 3, 1910. WINTER TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., Dec. 5, 1910, to Saturday, 12 m., March 18, 1911. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., March 20, 1911, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 16, 1911. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 20, 1911. VACATIONS. Spring . From Saturday, 12 m., April 30, 1910, to Monday, May 9, 1910. Thanksgiving. From Wednesday, 12 m., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Tuesday. Christmas. From Thursday, Dec. 22, 1910, to Monday, Jan. 2, 1911. Winter. From Saturday, Feb. 25, 1911, to Monday, March 6, 1911. Spring. From Saturday, 12 M., April 29, 1911, to Monday, May 8, 1911. 1 Those seniors who are assigned to the training school for the fall term will begin theii i Tuesday, Sept. 6, 1910, a* 9 a.m. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH. With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to Westfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 5,102, of whom about 500 have been men. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 2,176 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of more than 13,600 inhabit- ants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is dis- tant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad sta- tion past the school and connect Westfield with Springfield and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND grounds. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April is, 1892. It is a beautiful and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 120 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quar- tered oak. The chemical, physical, geological and mineral- ogical, and biological laboratories are liberally supplied with the best of modern apparatus and appliances and with an abundance of specimens for study. The art room affords excellent opportunities for training in drawing. In addition, several well-lighted studios, plen- tifully supplied with casts, models, and copies, are available for individual work. Adjoining the main assembly hall is a convenient library of well-selected books for use in all departments of the work of the school. The manual training room is equipped with twenty-three benches, and with all tools and material necessary for in- structing normal students in a most comprehensive course of manual training for elementary schools. The gymnasium is large and well lighted, and is provided with all apparatus for class work as well as for individual exercise. In a word, no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. The ample grounds adjoining the school afford opportu- nity for lawn tennis, basket-ball, and for general exercise. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and containing accommodations for 75 students. A fuller description may be found on page 41, under the caption " Dickinson Hall." STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are four rooms, accommo- dating 120 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a oosl of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class-rooms, with ample accom- modations for 420 children from grades four to nine inclusive, a large library, principal's office, teachers' room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play-rooms, and is furnished with an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both buildings fourteen rooms, containing more than 550 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL. The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organ- izing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Common- wealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of right mental training:. 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. The State Board of Education adopted the following vote March 7, 1901 : — That the visitors of the several normal schools be authorized and directed to provide for a physical examination of candidates for admis- sion to the normal schools, in order to determine whether they are free from any disease or infirmity which would unfit them for the office of teacher, and also to examine any student at any time in the course, to determine whether his physical condition is such as to warrant his con- tinuance in the school. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort, that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELI). 13 HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a good statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they tnay be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on, or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. The stronger the evidence of character, scholar- ship and promise, of whatever kind, candidates bring, espe- cially from schools of high reputation and from teachers of good judgment and fearless expression, the greater confi- dence they may have in guarding themselves against the con- tingencies of an examination and of satisfying the examiners as to their fitness. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactory examinations, as indicated below (see also caption following 4 ' Admission on certification from high schools ") . I. Language. — (a) English, with its grammar and lit- erature, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (band c) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color and arrangement, and (b) music. ORAL EXAMINATIONS. Each candidate may be required to read aloud in the pres- ence of the examiners. He may also be questioned orally either upon some of the foregoing subjects or upon other matter within his experience, in order that the examiners may gain some impression about his personal characteristics and his use of language, as well as give him an opportunity to furnish any evidences of qualification that might not other- wise become known to them. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidate will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made, and marked accordingly. ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATION FROM HIGH SCHOOLS. Candidates from high schools which are on the certificate list of the New England College Entrance Examination Board may be admitted to any of the State normal schools without examination in any subject required for admission in which they have attained a standing of B, or 80 per cent., STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 15 as certified by the principal of the school. Candidates from high schools not in the college certificate list may be admitted on similar conditions, if the high schools are ap- proved for the purpose by the State Board of Education. High schools desiring this approval should correspond with the Commissioner of Education. Graduates of colleges are admitted without examination. SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. 1. Reading and Practice A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a con- siderable number set before him in the examination paper In place of a part or the whole of this test, the candidate may present an exercise book properly certified by his instructor, containing compositions or other written w T ork done in con- nection with the reading of the books. The books for study in 1909-1911 are: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L' Allegro; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address ; Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or ( arlyle's Essay on Burns. The purpose of the examination is to discover, (1) whether the student has acquired a good habit of study ; 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. (2) whether he has formed any standards of literary judg- ment ; (3) whether he has become discerning of literary merit; and (4) what acquaintance he has with standard English and American writers. The examination will take such a form that students who have followed other than the prescribed lines of reading may be able to satisfy the examiners on the above points. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the importance of a practical working acquaintance with its principles and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incident- ally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text-book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make themselves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of (he United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 17 of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those addicted to their use. (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, — physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to -cale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in per- spective. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four, and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or pla} r ed. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELD. The candidate is advised, therefore, to utilize all feasible opportunities offered by the regular high school course for promoting this breadth of preparation, and the high school should aim to hold the candidate up to the higher ideals of such preparation. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — I. French. II. Mathematics . III. United States history IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. Preliminary Examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate to be substantially as follows : — , has been a pupil in the School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher,. Address, STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 The group known as I. Language (Latin and English) musl be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubt- less be found gem rally advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely procede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several normal school buildings in accordance with the following schedule : — 1910. — Thursday and Friday, June 23 and 24 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 6 and 7. 1911. — Thursday and Friday, June 22 and 23 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 5 and 6. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students shall present themselves then for duty. In individual cases and for strong reasons exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time conven- ient to the school, and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. COURSES OF STUDY. This school offers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, litera- ture, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, elementary algebra, and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. 3. Observation and practice in the training school, and observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For a more detailed account of this course, see pages 22-36. II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Commissioner of Education and the principal of any norma] school may arrange for a third year of study and prao- tice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, when-' STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 21 ever in their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics arranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its comple- tion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study, sociology and history are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Kvery candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general tAVO years' course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Commissioner of Education, select a course which may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. College graduates may be admitted to the State normal schools without examination, and may receive a diploma after satisfactorily completing a course of one year, requir- ing at least twenty recitation periods per week and includ- ing the advanced pedagogy and practice of the senior year. 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that course V has been planned. GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. In connection with all subjects that the graduate is ex- pected to teach, tentative courses of study for lower schools and lists of helpful text-books and of collateral reading are furnished to each pupil. No mere outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as only suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. There are two courses in psychology, one for the junior and one for the senior year. The work given is in part in- dicated in the following statement : — 1. Elementary Psychology. — This course includes (a) the grosser anatomy and the physiology of the central nervous system in man, together with a study of the elements of the nervous system and their connections : the sense organs, their parts and their hygiene ; (b) the elementary and more complex mental processes in their development and connec- tions ; (c) the physical basis of mental growth and develop- ment ; (d) several papers on personal reminiscences by each member of the class; (e) the study of and report on some standard reminiscent study or life ; (/)* the study of some individual child. AngelTs Psychology is used as the text, with free use of many other standard elementary texts on the reference shelf. (This work covers the entire junior year.) 2. Genetic Psychology. — Chiefly a study of the mental Life of the child from the genetic standpoint ; the first niani- STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 23 Gestations of mental life in the child and in animals; the factors that condition mental development ; fatigue and its relation to school work and exercise ; development of motor ability and control ; constant reference to the standard studies on the subjects; collection and evaluation of mute- rial : how to chart results. The masterpieces of child study literature are available for this work, and are in constant use. No text is used exclusively. (One term in the senior year.) HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 1. History of European Education. — Greek, Hellenistic, and Roman education in theory and practice ; the aim in each nation and the adaptability of the means used to the attain- ment of the aim : the value of the aim in each case ; Jewish education ; early Christianity and education ; mediaeval education, culminating in the Renaissance and humanism ; these latter as containing the germs of modern philosophy, modern education, and the newer theory of life ; education criticism and the practice of the "innovators;" the con- structive educators from Comenius to Herbart and Herbert Spencer ; the shifting emphasis in educational theory and practice as seen in the various standpoints of verbalism, realism, naturalism, and the disciplinary, psychological, and sociological theories of education. The work requires as- signed reading and reference work, reports,- and extensive reading of the educational classics of Comenius, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart, Spencer, etc. The standard texts and classics are available for this work. 2. History of American Education. — This course at- tempts to give some idea of the elements contributed by the different national elements of early American civilization; the development of State school systems, with special em- phasis on the development of the school system of Massa- chusetts ; the normal school idea in America; the growth of American colleges and universities ; the contribution of 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart, and Spencer to American education. The standard texts are available for this work, which covers the entire junior year. SOCIOLOGY. The course in sociology covers the work of one term in the senior year, and will deal in an elementary manner with the following subjects : the nature and aim of the science ; the materials and the methods of the science ; the social forces and the laws of their inter-connections ; the social institutions and their significance in the several stages of social evolution ; the social ideal and the social spirit ; social pathology ; social therapeutics and hygiene ; the sociology of the teaching profession. The plan of the course will involve several kinds of work and as many methods of pursuing them, (a) From five to eight formal lectures by the instructor; (b) class discus- sions on the assigned readings from the texts ; (c) an in- dividual study and written report by each student on some one of a list of topics, to be treated as exhaustively and intensively as the time and materials available in the depart- ment will admit ; (d) class work on a single concrete prob- lem which will vary from year to year, this year being the social interests of children in a typical Massachusetts town. This will require the preparation of a short paper. The texts used will be : Blackmars Elements of Sociology; Ross's The Foundation of Sociology; Giddings's Elements of Sociology; Dealey and Ward's Text-Book of Sociology; Hen- derson's Social Elements. For reference there are in the department the standard works of Spencer, Ward, Giddings, Small, Ross, Carver, Cooley, Wright, Ferri, Lombroso, Bryce, Joly,Macl)onald, Nordau, Snider, Stuckenberg, and other writers on sociology and allied subjects. The American Journal of Sociology is found in the department. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 25 PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The applicatioD to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above ; a study of methodology ; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the stand-point of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use of school discipline as an agency in the moral cul- ture of the child ; the discussion of the curriculum of elemen- tal y schools ; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic principles of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectures on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heat- ing, ventilating, and lighting of school rooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils teaching in the training schools. NATURAL SCIENCE. In all science teaching of this school a constant effort is made along three essential lines : — First, a clear presentation of the truths and principles underlying the science. These are learned as far as possible at first hand in the field or the laboratory, and care is taken that they are rightly comprehended. Second, individual instruction and practice in the inter- pretation of these truths and in logical modes of reasoning- based upon them. Lastly and chiefly, a thorough drill in the best pedagog- ical methods of presenting such truths and interpretations in elementary instruction. The first two are always subor- dinate, being used as a necessary means to secure success in the third. 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTEJELD. As a farther help toward the same end, large additions have been made to the apparatus and the reference libraries, until it may be fairly said that the school is unsurpassed in point of equipment by any other of like rank. The geological and. mineralogical laboratory is equipped with a complete working collection of minerals, rocks, and fossils, and the necessary apparatus for studying them. A valuable cabinet collection is in constant use for reference and comparison. It is believed that an actual acquaintance with rocks, minerals, and organic forms is of greater value than much abstract knowledge. The biological and physiological laboratory is furnished with excellent cabinets of preserved material, to which con- stant additions are being made, and which are amply suffi- cient for individual use. It possesses, in addition, a series of charts, casts and models illustrating human anatomy ; a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body; and a fine herbarium of local plants. Zoology. — General characteristics of animals ; a study of typical animals, considerable attention being paid to their habits, modes of life, and their uses ; these types are selected from the fauna of the vicinity, and as far as possible the home of the animal is reproduced in the laboratory, and the pupil is required to become acquinted with its habits and daily life, as well as its structure, from actual observation ; a special study of insects and birds, with reference to their economic relations; the principles of classification. The more common species are chosen, in consequence of their adaptation to elementary instruction, and the pupils practise the best methods of presenting such nature work. Physiology. — A general outline of the subject, including the anatomy, physiology and hygiene of the different organs and parts of the body. So far as necessary the anatomy is illustrated by models of the human body, while microscopi- i sal -I incline is demonstrated by a large collection of sections; STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WKSTF1ELD. 27 but special attention is given to hygiene and to many prac- tical questions concerning bodily health about which every teacher should be well informed. The germ theory of vac- cination, the treatment of contagious diseases in the school room, public sanitation, the value of hospitals and pest houses, good drinking water, hygienic cooking, sanitary clothing, a rational and orderly presentation of the effects produced by alcohol upon the body and mind, the hygienic influence of the mind upon the body, and many other impor- tant phases of hygiene are carefully and thoroughly dis- cussed. Lectures are given by competent authorities upon the recognition and treatment of the various diseases likely to occur among school children. As thus presented, the course furnishes to the careful student a fund of information, which will be of the greatest practical value in her own life and in her work as a teacher. Geology. — The properties, varieties and uses of the more important minerals, ores and rocks, together with a study of the more useful industries connected with certain minerals, i.e., the mining of coal, the manufacture of coal gas, and the various by-products produced during the process, the mining and smelting of the different ores, the manufacture of quick lime, plaster of Paris, salt, glass, bricks and pottery, etc. The geologic history of New England, with special reference to Massachusetts. In this historical portion, as the mesozoic strata are well represented in the vicinity, special attention is given to that period. The held work consists of excursions to available points of geologic interest, a visit and a study of such of the local industries as are con- cerned with minerals or ores, a visit to some public museum, an explanation of its educational value in connection with the work of our common schools, and a discussion of the methods to be pursued by the teacher in availing herself of its privi- leges. Special effort is made to correlate this work with physical geography and history. In pursuance of this effort, particular attention is given to the geographical changes 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. produced by the great glacier which formerly covered this part of the continent, to its effect upon the climate, soil and contour of New England. The principal facts with reference to the various prehistoric races of human beings who in- habited this continent prior to its discovery by the Spaniards are presented clearly and briefly, to serve as a foundation for work in history. Botany. — The seed and germination ; the organs of the plant, — root, stem, buds, leaves, the tissues ; the plant cell ; protoplasm and its properties ; inflorescence ; a study of typical flowers, with reference to their plan and structure ; fertilization and conditions of growth ; fruit ; a study of some of our common flowerless plants. Special attention is given to economic plant products, such as fruits, spices, India rubber, vegetable oils, drugs and medicines, dye stuffs, etc. The value of our forests and the uses of the various kinds of lumber are closely correlated with the work in manual training. In the field* work, the pupils are taught to utilize their immediate surroundings ; by this method they are certain of obtaining an abundance of material wherever they may chance to teach. A course of nature study for elementary schools is outlined, and instruction is given in obtaining and using suitable materials for class-room pres- entation. OTHER SCIENCES. Physics. — Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question ; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familiar through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, light, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. Through much laboratory work, the student becomes famil- STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 29 iar with the construction, manipulation and use of physical apparatus. Exercises which have a direct bearing' upon every day life are given. The practical idea is made clear. The pupil discovers for herself the principles and facts relat- ing to the special phase of the subject under consideration. Opportunity to make original investigations is given to students especially interested in science. In addition to the benefit to the teacher herself, she learns to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as seem desirable. Chemistry. — The work in this department is treated un- der three general divisions, — historical, academic, and ap- plied chemistry. Of these, the last-mentioned receives by far the greatest attention. Xo text-book is used, but a large amount of reference matter is available. Facts are gained by actual work. The laboratory is equipped with a generous supply of the latest apparatus, and all conveniences are at the students' disposal. The academic work includes type experiments with the gases, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon dioxid, chlorine, and such of the hydro-carbons as time will allow, and in addition to these, analysis and synthesis of the acids, hydro- chloric, nitric, sulphuric, acetic, etc., together with the ra- tional use of chemical symbols and formulae. The applied or practical work includes, among other ex- ercises of an interesting character, the qualitative analysis of water, samples of which pupils procure from different parts of the town, and a thorough analysis of which they perform in the laboratory by the most approved methods. Many bring samples of water from their homes and analyze them for the benefit of their parents and friends. The removal of stains of various kinds, fruit, ink, grease, iron rust, paint, etc., furnishes an excellent opportunity for applying principles of bleaching and action of acids and 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). alkalis upon different kinds of fabrics. Before finishing the course every pupil is expected to be able to remove stains of the above mentioned types. Work in dyeing is treated from an entirely original stand- point. Each pupil at first dyes different fabrics with colors extracted from many common sources, such as bright-colored flowers, leaves, berries, and fruits ; later, work in anilin dyes affords opportunity for each student to learn something of this useful art, and at the same time to apply some of the oft-neglected principles of chemistry. Actual work in the extraction of flavors and perfumes is performed by the student, and samples of orange, lemon, vanilla, etc., are the criteria of her skill. Experiments are given by which the determination of alcohol in cider, patent medicines, wines, and " soft drinks " is made simple. The average teacher is little aware of the terrible injury done to young men and women by the indiscriminate use of headache powders, " cures," "antidotes," "specifics," etc. Simple analyses of these substances throw much light upon this intensely important subject. The principal aim of the course is to create, if necessary, and to foster a real love for an interest in the great science of chemistry ; to give the pupil a broader outlook and to see herself a factor in the busy, living world. The course is not presented with the object of making chemistry teachers of the pupils, but rather to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with information gained by experience, by which she can keep both body and mind in an alert, healthy con- dition. GEOGRAPHY. The work in geography covers two terms in the junior year. The following outline is suggestive of the work that is attempted : — 1. Home geography : what subjects are appropriate, how s STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 31 to work them out and teach them to the children of the proper grade. •2. Larger type studies as a basis of unification in geogra- phy. These types are chosen from the United States and Europe. 3. Geographic forces, especially as seen in the United States and Kurope. 4. The physiographic structure of North America and Kurope, with brief comparative study of the other conti- nents. '). The economic and commercial geography of the United States and Europe in brief outline. 6. The earth and man in their more significant interrela- tions. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — Study of the dictionary ; diacritical marks and pronunciation ; study of phonetics for teaching purposes ; methods of teaching reading in elementary schools, and frequent practice with classes of children from the model schools. Preparation of reading material for school use. Grammar. — Classification of the parts of speech, phrases, clauses, and sentences by the laboratory method; analysis of sentences in a simple way. The natural method of teach- ing language in elementary schools is used, and the pupils themselves are required to give lessons. English Composition. — It is chiefly as a practical art that the subject is presented in this school. Description, narra- tion, exposition, and argument are taught from daily practice in writing, followed by the teachers criticism. Much atten- tion is paid to the external form of the paragraph. A com- position is regarded as a living product of an active mind ; therefore there is constant and careful study of the way in which paragraphs grow, of the order in which to say things, and of Avhat not to say. Pupils are trained to intelligent criticism of language work. 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTVIELD. English and American Literature. — A study of some of the literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the purpose being to help the pupil to appreciate the best. The history of literature is taught in a subordinate way only, to enable the pupil to understand the setting of an authors work ; correlation of myths with nature study ; courses of literature for elementary schools are developed. There are some variations from term to term. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — A rapid review by the laboratory method of the history of our country from the early discoveries to the present, and of the framework of national, state and municipal government. Instruction in the proper use of pictures and maps as aids in teaching his- tory, correlation with literature, a thorough drill in a good pedagogical method of presenting the subject. Stories of the explorers and the biographies of eminent Americans are re- cast in the vocabulary of childhood for use in primary grades. General History. — Ancient Nations. — Peoples and migra- tions ; geographical position and consequences ; inheritances : social, political, intellectual, aesthetic, moral, religious, and industrial development ; characteristic institutions : legacies. Mediaeval and Modern History. — Instruction and training are given in the inductive method as applied to history, with a view to the development of the li historical spirit." The method is illustrated by a careful study of a few coun- tries, with special attention to the main forces at work, the growth of nationality and constitutional government, and the relation of Europe to America. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — Failure on the part of the teacher to recog- nize and to apply the fundamental principles of number according to well-established psychic laws invariably results STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 33 in failure on the part of the pupil to understand and to use intelligently the simple processes of arithmetic. No text-book is placed in the hands of the student; all processes and methods are developed. The importance of the reason for performing the various arithmetical operations is duly emphasized. The modern teacher should fully appreciate the fact that the day of set rules and inflexible formulae is past. The child is no longer told to " invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication." By far the greatest value of any mathe- matical rule lies in its discovery. Students are trained to discover; having discovered, to apply. Recognizing in the Grube method a line of thought in- compatible with true mathematical concepts, the pupil is thoroughly drilled in the movable or flexible unit system, which is so ably treated in Dewey and McLellan's Psy- chology of Number. The student becomes familiar with our leading arithmetics, from which many characteristic problems are selected. She is required to solve a problem intelligently, whether she supplies the essential data or takes it as presented by some second person. The course continues through two terms of the junior year and comprises one hundred and four recitation periods. The work is taken by grades, and includes exercises in sense train- ing and in relative magnitude, discovery of the primary prin- ciples of number, the history of its decimal system, and the applications of number as a means of measurement. The aim of the course is to give the teachers a logical method of presenting arithmetic, free from fads and reason- destroying practices ; to teach them to be self-reliant, effi- cient, accurate, quick to appreciate and to apply. All of this tends strongly towards the betterment of our public schools. Algebra. — The relation of algebra and arithmetic is always 34 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. kept before the pupil. . Methods of developing the algebraic processes are carefully examined. Students are encouraged to find methods of their own for presenting special phases of the subject. Objects and diagrams are used whenever clearness can be gained thereby. The equation is treated from an original stand-point and is shown in its true character. All opera- tions and many of the problems given in Milne's grammar school algebra are fully treated. In order to get the greatest good from this course, the pupil should be well prepared in algebra through quadratic equations. Geometry. — The history of the subject, both ancient and modern, is presented. The student becomes familiar with some of the world's greatest mathematicians and the influ- ence of their work. She has at her disposal a large amount of unusual but extremely valuable material, in the form of ancient theorems and their uses, calculated to interest the most indifferent pupil. The subject is treated in its two-fold aspect, — first, as applied to the measurement of lines, surfaces, and solids, in which the use of simple measuring instruments is taught, and secondly as related to reason and logic. The student should become a clear, fearless, original thinker, who dares attempt the solution of a theorem by other than set text- book methods. ' OTHER SUBJECTS. Art and Drawing. — This course takes into consideration the two methods of art education to-day : — The analytic view aims to give to the pupil a knowledge of the principles of representation in outline, light and shade, and painting in color. Historic art in architecture, sculpture and painting is studied with reference to its bearing upon our present social problems, and as a source of " motifs " for applied work in design. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIEL1). 35 The principles of beauty in line and color are taught as a has is for the synthetic method in picture study and design. The synthetic or creatiye side is emphasized, in the belief that in the lield of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all phases of school work and social life and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades of elementary and high schools, and outlines, lesson plans, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. Vocal Music, — Musical History. — A rapid review of ancient history, including the music of the Chinese, the Egyptians, and the Hindoos ; the influence of the Israelites and the Grecians ; the Roman Empire ; the part taken by the early church in fostering the " Divine Art," the advent of the Paris schools of music (the first national school of music), the Gallo-Belgic and the Netherland schools; the rise and decline of Italy's musical prestige, and the birth of our modern music ; the classical school and its masters ; the influence of the Germans ; the romantic school ; and the growth of musical interests in America. Harmony, the Grammar of Music. — Intervals, scales, triads, inversion of triads, chords, inversion of chords, har- monizing basses, chords of the dominant seventh, prepara- tion and resolution, cadences and suspensions. Musical Notation. — No effort will be made to follow any published system of school music, but the rudiments will be studied with especial regard to the needs of public school music, and the pupils will have practical drill in doing (singing) throughout the course. Special attention will be given to individual drill, and those who think they cannot sing will be given the most careful training, by Avhich they will be convinced that they can learn to sing, and their value in the public school room will thus be enhanced. 36 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Chorus Classes. — In chorus classes pains will be taken to acquaint the pupils with the best that the musical world offers . Manual Training. — This course will include paper fold- ing, paper cutting, basketry, compressing raffia and reed, and woodwork, including whittling and bench work. The raffia used is dyed by the students as a part of the course in chemistry ; the models used in the bench work are designed by the students as an application of the work in drawing. Physical Training. — Physical training on the basis of the Ling system of gymnastics. Study of the principles of educational gymnastics, and their application in the Ling system. Practical work in the gymnasium, gymnastic games, squad and class drills conducted by the students. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 37 o .. < H z P ti 00 U H I ) 2 uq p rrv h ^ -4 * OJ &, QJ K J5 bO q o 01 as t( « — £ H e3 O rr w 5 = e s bt) ja — it. o B a w 38 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. pi -* ' <# «# 3 55 O H W S is CO 1 9) o to o Ph o O 2 ID 3 'J bo © 3 e 3 go - a 2 >. -J' o "So = 3 1 a 93 g 5 ft 3 & 8 X bo -H O § 1 ■g § CO CO d ">* » o g EH 98 o 08 a 03 a 5 *o o o co bo o "o o o CO STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELI). 39 LECTURES, CONCERTS, AND RECEPTIONS. An effort is made every vear to quieken a school spirit and interest, to educate through the social instinct, and to bring students into contact with people of reputation in lecture and concert fields. The program for 1909-10 has been as follows : — The Use of the Mind, — a course of six lectures, by Prof. Earl Barnes, Philadelphia, Pa. The Development of Mind. Our Lower Nerve Centers. Suggestion and Hypnotism. Mind and Medicine. Mob Mind. Hygiene of the Mind. Lecture, — Blandford's Great Western Migration. Rev. S. G. Wood, Blandf ord . Lecture, — Quebec. Mr. Ure Mitchell, Quebec. Lecture, — Immigration. Prof. James W. Crook, Amherst College. Lecture-recital, — The Drama of Paul. Prof. S. J. Mac Waters, Boston University. Trio concert of chamber music. Miss Lena J. Bartlett, pianist; Mr. Victor L. F. Rebmann, violinist; Mr. Edwin B. Hedges, cellist. Lecture-recital, — An Evening with Robert Burns. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, assisted by Miss lima Schadee, soprano ; Mrs. Alexander Alexander, contralto ; Miss Lena J. Bartlett, pianist ; Mrs. Frederic Goodwin, pianist; Mr. Charles L. Hoyt, tenor; Mr. Frederic Goodwin, bass. Graduation address, — David Snedden, Ph.D., Commissioner of Edu- cation. GRADUATION, DIPLOMAS, AND CERTIFICATES. The satisfactory completion of any one of the five courses previously described entities the pupil to receive a diploma or certificate of graduation . Those who for any reason are unable to do all the work of a course will, on application, receive a certificate stating the exact amount of work done. Those who complete Course IV. receive certificates, not 40 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WEBTFIELD. diplomas. The course taken by college graduates deter- mines whether they receive certificates or diplomas. DISCIPLINE. Whoever aspires to the responsible office of teacher should habitually practice self-control. This doctrine furnishes the key to the disciplinary policy of the school. Pupils are treated with confidence, and to a larofe extent the ofovern- ment of the school is left in their hands. Almost no rules are made, but it is the constant effort to create such an atmosphere that to follow the best ideals shall be easy and natural. Regular attendance, good behavior, and loyalty to the best interests of the school, are necessary to successful work and are expected of all. The power of suspension for misconduct and of removal from school for failure to do properly the work of the school is lodged in the principal, with an appeal to the Commis- sioner of Education. TUITION AND EXPENSES. Tuition and text-books are free to residents of Massachu- setts. Pupils from other States than Massachusetts, attending normal schools supported by this State, are required to pay at the beginning of each half-year session the sum of $25 to the principal of the school attended for tuition, except that in the Normal Art School the sum paid to the principal at the beginning of the session by each pupil from another State will be $50 for each half-year. For cost of board, see " Dickinson Hall," below. STATE AID. To assist those students who find it difficult to meet the expense of the course, a small pecuniary aid is furnished by the State in varying sums. PP NWHr -%- ■ ^. .—Slip 8TATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELB. 41 Aid is not furnished during the first half-year of attend- ance, nor to students whose scholarship is unsatisfactory. Applications for this aid are to be made to the principal in writing, and must be accompanied by a certificate from a person competent to testify, stating that the applicant needs the aid. ^ DICKINSON HALL. MRS. CHARLES B. WILSON, MATRON. Dickinson Hall is the name given the new normal dormi- tory, which was used for the first time in September, 1903. It is in charge of the principal, and is a commodious, well- lighted school home, with accommodations for 75 students. Rooms will be assigned once each year, two students occu- pying a suite of three rooms. Whenever possible, students should indicate their choice of room-mate. In all cases those desiring rooms should notify the matron as soon as possible after their admission to the school. The price of board in the boarding halls connected with the normal schools of the State is $160 for the school year, payable in advance as follows ; $40 at the beginning of the school year in September ; $40 on November 1 5 ; $40 on February 1 ; and $40 on April 15. This rate includes board, furnished room (except as below) , steam heat, gas, and laundry, for such time as the school is in session and for the Thanksgiving recess, but for no other recess or vacation. Pupils whose homes are at a distance may, on permission of the principal, remain at the hall, dur- ing any vacation, except the long one in the summer, on payment of the additional sum of $4 per week during such vacation. The hall is closed during the summer. When pupils leave the school before the expiration of a term, money paid in advance will be refunded pro rata, but no deduction will be allowed for the first week of absence. Bach boarder is required to bring tOAvels, napkins, a nap- kin-ring, three pillow slips, four sheets for three-quarters 42 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. bed (54 inches by 90 inches) , two clothes-bags, and blankets. The school does not provide curtains, bureau or commode covers. Coverlets and art squares are furnished by the school. All articles sent to the laundry must be distinctly marked with the owner's name in indelible ink. Initials will not answer. • Visitors can have good accommodations at $1 per da} r or $5 per week; dinner, 35 cents ; supper or breakfast, 25 cents ; lodging, 50 cents. Whenever more pupils apply for rooms than can be cared for in Dickinson Hall, the principal will find places for those who cannot be accommodated ; but all charges in excess of the regular price must be paid by those who are obliged to room outside the dormitory. In Dickinson Hall the State has tried to provide for the comfort and convenience of its pupils. In the basement space has been set aside for a laundry, which shall be exclu- sively for students' use ; set tubs, wringers, ironing boards, etc., are furnished. On the second floor a room equipped with sewing machines gives an opportunity to economize in the making of the simpler articles of feminine apparel to such as may care to use it. On the third floor a gymnasium has been provided ; school work in gj^mnastics is given in this room ; the gymnasium is also the general meeting place of the students, where evening entertainments may be held. A commodious library and reading room, the reception room and parlors, hospital, and dining room are situated on the (iist floor. The building is substantially made of buff brick ; the in- terior finish is of ash in the natural wood, and the floors are of maple. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by elec- tricity, and every possible precaution is taken to secure it from danger by fire. A private fire alarm box connects it with the centra] lire station of the town, which is situated STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 43 near by : extinguishers and grenades are provided on every floor : electric gongs for alarming pupils have been installed ; and a watchman patrols every part of the building once every hour daring the night. Pupils who do not live in Westfield and who do not re- turn to their homes daily are expected to board at Dickinson Hall. All other students who wish to board with relatives or to work for their board in private families must first secure permission from the principal. EMPLOYMENT OF GRADUATES. The demand for graduates of this school is greater than the supply. During the past year the principal has received many requests for teachers to which he has been unable to respond. In the interest of graduates of this school who desire to secure better positions, and of school committees and super- intendents who are seeking teachers, the principal requests that former pupils will keep him informed of their addresses and of their wishes for future work. He will keep at his office as complete a directory of graduates as possible, and hopes to be serviceable alike to employers and employed. If alumnre sending their addresses will also forward testi- monials of success, the principal can act for them more intelligently. It should be distinctly understood that the principal guar- antees no positions, and declines to recommend any teacher whom he does not personally know to be successful. In all cases, however, he will gladly furnish the names and addresses of all eligible teachers to inquirers, leaving to them the responsibility of investigation and action. As complete a record as possible of all future graduates will be kept, showing their scholarship, training, experi- ence before entering the normal school and in. the training schools, and general qualifications for teachers' positions, together with such testimonials of success in teaching as 44 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. may be filed from time to time. Such data will be consid- ered entirely confidential, and will be accessible only to superintendents and school committees. GENERAL REMARKS. The demand of the hour is for professionally trained teachers, and, both for the good of the schools and for their own advantage, all intending teachers are urged to prepare themselves by a special course of training in some school established for the purpose. Teachers who wish to profit by the regular class-room instruction in any department are invited to join the school temporarily during their vacations and at such other times as may be convenient. The school aims to be helpful. No charge will be made for tuition or text-books, and, if reason- able notice is given, such students can usually be accommo- dated at Dickinson Hall at $4 per week. This school is always open to the inspection of the public. A cordial invitation is extended to teachers, sdhool commit- tees, and superintendents to visit at their convenience. For catalogues, specimen examination papers, or any in- formation address the principal at Westfield. STATE FORMAL SCHOOL, WEST FIELD. 45 Names of Pupils. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. SENIORS. Abbott, Jennie Louise, 6 South Street, Bailey, Ruby Elizabeth, 131 West Street, . Barron, Mildred T., 132 Garfield Street, Bartlett, Ruth Ann, ..... Bugbee, Frances Marion, 24 Crosby Street, Burnham, Marion Augusta, 221 Broadway, Buschmann, Louisa Maud, 20 Union Avenue, Caldon, Alice, 19 Lowell Avenue, Carl, Annott Smith, To Main Street, . Casey, Mary Veronica, 67 Nonotuek Street, ( Ihapnian, Anna Clare, 8 White Street, Counihan, Anna, 3 West Street, Cronin, Mary Cecelia, Cross Street, . Davine, Alice Helen, 78 Orange Street, Delaney, Helen, Lynwood Avenue, Des Lauriers, Aline Xoelia, 30 Cottage Street, Dowdall, Agnes C, 137 Beech Street, English, Agnes I., 24 Sackett Street, . Fanning, Lulu M., ....._ Fenn, Nellie Jane, ..... Flagg, Ruth Elizabeth, 7 Ashley Street, Foley, Isabel Agnes, ..... Foster, Marion Gladys, .... Friel, Olive May, 109 Cottage Street, Garside, Verona W., 118 South Street, Glasheen, Agnes Elizabeth, 93 Cherry Street, Gold, Alma Rosella, 14 Gray Street, . (.iay. Myrtle Sanders, Lo South Maple Street, Griffin, Bridget, Griffin Street, . Hamilton, Phebe lo, . Hay ton, Effie, 297 Chestnut Street, Hi board, ( Ihristine !>., .... Westfield. Ware. Springfield. Middlefield. Springfield. Revere. Westfield. West Springfield. Westfield. Holyoke. Westfield. Whitinsville. Chicopee. Westfield. Holyoke . Ware. Holyoke. W'estfield. South Lee. Westminster, Vt. Mittineague. Monson. Burnside, Conn. Easthampton. Holyoke. Gardner. Amherst. Westfield. Bondsville. ( 'ln\ster. Holyoke. North Hadley. 46 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Hurley, Agnes Graham, 18 Jefferson Avenue, Kennedy, Margaret Williams, 50 Day Avenue, Kingsley, Emily, ..... Kingsley, Evelyn, . . Knapp, Edna Pauline, 86 Euclid Avenue, . Lambert, Agnes C, 54 Orleans Street, MacCann, H. Beatrice, 21 South Court, Mackey, Teresa C, 56 Pine Street, Merriam, Ruth Henrietta, 43 School Street, Nute, Lillian M., 8 Mill Street, . Owen, Hazel Chapin, 14 Spring Street, Perkins, Enid, 110 Union Street, Plumb, Sarah Helen, Chestnut Street, Pomeroy, S. Ethel, 26 Forest Street, . Ranney, Clara E., . Reilley, Genevieve Frances, 101 Maple Street, Reilly, Katherine Loretta, 79 North Street, . Rice, Harriette Ellen, .... Riley, Benjamin T., 22 Howard Place, Roche, E. Monica, Brook Street, Sauer, Edith, 63 Cortland Street, Savery, Elizabeth, 59 King Street, Selfors, Hilda, 1 148 Munroe Street, . Shepard, Marilla Mary, 15 Ashley Street, . Sherman, Dora Cynthia, .... Stent, Mary Lesley, 275 Maple Street, Stockwell, Anna M., Sutty, Helena Victoria, 19 South John Street, Tracy, Magdalen S., 33 Canal Street, Trotter, Gladys Irene, .... Tucker, Teresa V., 9 O'Connor Avenue, Tvvohig, E. Louise, 68 Oak Street, Walsh, Nora Clyde, 90 Dartmouth Street, . Warner, Adeline Idella, 6 Columbia Street, Springfield. Westfield. Feeding Hills. Feeding Hills. Springfield. Springfield. Ware. Holyoke. Springfield. Westfield. Westfield. W^estfield. Amherst. Springfield. Westfield. Ware. Springfield. Barre. Springfield. Whitinsville. Springfield. Westfield. Springfield. Mittineague. Brimfield. Springfield. Greenwich Village Pittsfield. Lee. Springfield, Vt. Holyoke. Norwich, Ct. Springfield. Westfield. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. SENIORS. Arnold, Gertrude Louise, 11 Woronoco Avenue, Fall, Barbara, 55 Prospect Street, Honsinger, Leila Emily, 24 Atwater Street, Westfield. Seiners worth, X. II. Westfield. 1 Deceased. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTF1ELD. 47 Price, Maud, ....... Westerly, R. I. Roy, Hyacinth Elizabeth, 574 Carew Street, . Spring-field. Starkweather, Sarah, in Kellog Street, . . Westfield. Cottrell, Sara E., Hitchcock, Julia E. Maloney, -Mae Ella, TEACHERS COURSE. Chester. Brimlield. Fiskdale. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. JUNIORS. Ballon, Atidna Mildred, 98 Pleasant Street, . Holyoke. Barrett, Marguerite, 160 Walnut Street, . . Holyoke. Bradley, Marguerite Marie, 46 Allyn Street, . Holyoke. Callahan, M. Grace G., 291 High Street, . . Holyoke. Clancey, Anna Cecilia, 41 High Street, . . Milford. Cochrane, Margaret, 58 Windsor Street, . . Ludlow. Colburn, Hazel Hawthorne, 43 Acushnet Avenue, Springfield. Colvin, Gertrude Ida, 22 Pasadena Avenue, . Springfield. Connelly, Kathrvn Clare, 286 Tyler Street, . Springfield. Craig, Myrta Agnes, 90 Calhoun Street, . • . Springfield. Crean, Mary Virginia, 14 Carew Street, . . S. Hadley Falls. Curran, Catherine C, 89 Pleasant Street, . . Holyoke. Curran, Mary Eleanor, ..... Wheelwright. Custer, Theresa Louise, 543 Westfield Street, . Mittineague. Daly, Mary C, 53 Chestnut Street, . . . Holyoke. Dillon, Beatrice Lucy, 80 Central Street, . . Palmer. Donahue, Elizabeth Beatrice, 7 Chestnut Street, . Holyoke. Downs, Ada, 54 High Street, . . . . S. Hadley Falls. Duffy, Rose, South Main Street, . . . Palmer. Eaton, Harriet Frances, ..... Brimfield. Fitzgerald, Mae Claire, High Street, . . . Bonds ville. Giblin, Anna Marion, 76 Cambridge Street, . Springfield. Gorham, Eva Ruth, Huntington. Gove, Eva Lillian, 72 Winsor Street, . . . Ludlow. Guinasso, Theresa X., 7 Bush Street, . . . Westfield. Haggerty, Margaret Mary. 120 South Street, . Chicopee. Harvey, Ruth Marion, 99 St. James Avenue, . Springfield. Heinritz, Grace Louise, 624 East Street, . . Holyoke. Horr, May Estella, . Enfield. Howes, Mabel Bessie, 6 Thorpe Avenue, . . Holyoke. 48 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. Hyde, Leila E., . James, Lillian A., 661 White Street, . James, Maybelle Clayton, 155 Florence Street, . Keenan, Julia F., 454 Chestnut Street, Keife, Florence, 39 Day Avenue, Kelso, Edith Belle, ...... Kervick, Anna Marion, 96 Ashley Street, . Lally, Catherine Rita, 72 High Street, Long, Anna Louise, 36 Morgan Street, Lynch, Mary Frances, 41 Hayward Street, . Martin, Edith C, 27 Lemuel Avenue, McCarthy, Sara Elizabeth, 24 Arbor Street, McGrath, Alice Katherine, 273 Main Street. Miller, Eva P., 8 Walnut Street, Moriarty, Ella Jennie, . Nye, Mabel Elsie, O'Connell, Frances MacMahon, 271 Front Street, CVDonnell, Teresa Bernice, 126 Brownell Street, Ody, Ruth N., 731 Worthington Street, O'Neill, Rosemary, 29 W 7 endell Avenue, Payne, Ella Madelene, 28 Cabot Street, Pease, Elizabeth Cleland, . Porter, Florence May, 46 Vinton Street, Putnam, Gladys, Field Street, Quirk, Mary E., 18 Main Street, Ripley, Philena B., . Sampson, Florence Isabel, Sanford, Lucretia Frances, City View, Searle, Olive May, Springdale Avenue, Scott, Marjorie W T orthington, 24 Pearl Street, Shea, Agnes Katherine, 51 Green Street, Shipman, Linda Margaretta, 205 St. James Ai Spaulding, Olive Mary, 9 Clark Street, Stedman, Caroline Ruth, 307 Locust Street Sweeney, Alice IL, 29 Brookline Avenue, Tagan, Hose. Irene, 20 Chapel Street, . Taylor, Mabel Angelia, Timson, Hazel Hosmer, Troy, Alice Marie, .... Wallis, Kthel Lillian, Western Avenue, Warner, Ruth Ellen, 162 Quincy Street, Williamsburg. Springtield. Springfield. Springfield. Westfield. Montgomery. Springfield. Milford. South Hadley. Milford. Chicopee. Springfield. Easthampton. S. Hadley Falls> Belchertown. Blandford. Chicopee. Fall River. Springfield. Springfield. Holyoke. Wilbraham. Springfield. West Springfield. Bondsville. Chester. Thorndike . Westfield. Westfield. Westfield. Bellows Falls, Vt, Springfield. Westfield. Holyoke. Springfield . West Warren. Williamsburg. Claremont, N. H. West Stockbridge. Westfield. Springfield. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 49 Webb, Maude Collet, 33 Churchill Street, Webster, Ruth Elizabeth, 1 Canal street, Welch, Man Agnes Wright, Evelyn Justina, t5 Baj Street, Springfield. S. Hadley Falls. West Granville. Springfield. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. JUNIORS. Brisrgs, Eflie Wilda, . . . . . Great Barrington . Guinasso, Ida Katryne, 7 Bush Street, . . Westfield. Ilallbourg, Elaine W., 60 Day Avenue, . . Westfield. Hillabrandt, Beulah Evelyn, .... Chester. Hotehkiss, Dorothy, 26 Pleasant Street, . . Westfield. Hudson, Florence Raraona, 18 Woronoco Avenue, Westfield. Kenyon, Irene, 14 Lafayette Street, . . . Springfield. Kibbe, 11. Corinne, 28 Sheldon Street, . . Springfield. Lombard, Edna Beatrice, 20 Johnson Street, . Springfield. Seymour, Mildred, 21 Murray Avenue, . . Westfield. Stiles, Mildred A., 78 Sandford Avenue, . . Plainfield, N. J. SPECIAL STUDENTS. Atchinson, Ethelberta, 29 Mill Street, . . Westfield. Ayres, Edith, ....... Westfield. Beaudry, Maude A., o Jefferson Street, . . Westfield. Bennett, Florence A., 13 Chapel Street, . . Westfield. Brodeur, Harold II., 8 Mill Street, . . . Westfield. Chaffin, Florence, 41 Franklin Street, . . Westfield. Clark. Anna G., 21 Day Avenue, . . . Westfield. Dean, Mrs. A. II., 50 Jefferson Street, . . Westfield. Dean, Jennetta Elizabeth, 50 Jefferson Street, . Westfield. Dexter, Lucy Pearl, 141 West Street, . . Ware. Dickey, Mrs. Ida M., Park Square, . . . Westfield. Hart, Herbert, 30 Court Street, .... Westfield. Messenger, Lala A., ... . . . . Becket. Potter. Vivian, ....... Westfield. Pratt, Gladys, Westfield. Provin. Mabel, ....... Westfield. Sweatland, Efceta, ...... Westfield. Richardson, Frederica, ..... Westfield. Tiffany, Susan E., 41 West School Street, . . Westfield. 50 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. SUMMARY. Seniors in general course, . Seniors in kindergarten course, Teachers 1 course, Juniors in general course, . Juniors in kindergarten course, Special students, 66 6 3 76 11 19 181 4 vie. v\ 01 tit mitmti op hlmws •MASSACHUSETTS ••STATE; NORMAL "SCHOOL-iRrjrfc 'WLSTFILLDM °o°o° ? ? •ANNOUNCEMENT •TEAR • OF- ISIO gg 1911- •ESTABLISHED • l&^o ANNUAL ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ith Compliments of CLARENCE A. BRODEUR, PRINCIPAL. 1910-1911 BOSTON . ' . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS FJGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED ELEVEN. ANNUAL ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ESTABLISHED 1839 1910-1911 BOSTON . • . WRIGHT AND POTTER PRINTING COMPANY . ' . STATE PRINTERS EIGHTEEN POST OFFICE SQUARE NINETEEN HUNDRED ELEVEN. Approved by The State Board of Publication. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION, Established, 1839. ee organized, 1910. TERM EXPIRE Frederick P. Fish, Chairman, . Boston, 1913. Mrs. Ella Lyman Cabot, . Boston, 1913. Frederick W. Hamilton, . Tufts College, 1913. Miss Sarah Louise Arnold, . Newton Centre, 1912. Simeon B. Chase, . . Fall River, . 1912. Clinton Q. Richmond, . . North Adams, 1912. Levi L. Conant, . Worcester, 1911. Thomas B. Fitzpatrick, . Boston, 1911. Paul H. Hanus, . Cambridge, . 1911. OFFICERS OF THE STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION. David Snedden, Commissioner of Education, William Orr, Deputy Commissioner, Charles A. Prosser, Deputy Commissioner, George H. Martin, Treasurer, George H. Martin, Agent, John T. Prince, Agent, . James W. MacDonald, Agent, Julius E. Warren, Agent, Frederic Lynden Burnham, Agent, Rufus W. Stimson, .... Boston. Boston. Boston . Boston. Boston. West Newton Stoneham. Worcester. Cambridge. Boston. Faculty. NORMAL SCHOOL. Clarence A. Brodeuk, Principal. Pedagogy, School Law, School Management. Lewis B. Allyn, Edith L. Cnmmings, Frederic Goodwin, . Mrs. Adeline A. Knight, J. Coulter Hockenberry, Louis G. Monte, Charles B. Wilson, Ph.D. Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics. Manual Arts, Gymnastics. Vocal Music. English, Literature, History. Psychology, History of Education, Geography, Sociology. Manual Arts. Natural Science. Mary E. Coughlin, Secretary. TRAINING George W. Winsi A. Caro Balcom, Alice M. Winslow, Nettye L. Bobbins, Anna M. Downey, Lucia A. Coleman, Ella J. Downey, May T. Grout, . Edith M. Bobbins, Eliza Converse, Bertha A. Kuralt, Florence P. Axtell, Eunice M. Beebe, Emma L. Hammond, SCHOOL. ow, Principal. Eighth grade. Eighth grade. Seventh grade. Seventh grade. Sixth grade. Sixth grade. Fifth grade. Fifth grade. Fourth grade. Third grade. Second grade. First grade. Kindergarten. ' STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTFIELD NORMAL SCHOOL. PRESIDENT. Principal Marcus H. White, Ph.D., Normal School, New Britain, Conn. Class of 1882. VICE-PRESIDENT. Mrs. Luella Fay Maynard, Hyannis, Mass. Class of 1874. SECRETARY AND TREASURER. Mr. Thomas K. McAllister, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1889. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Principal Clarence A. Brodeur, Westfield, Mass. Mrs. Edwin B. Hedges, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1888. Mrs. Florence Herri ck Spencer, Warren, Mass. Class of 1881. COMMITTEE ON NECROLOGY. Mrs. Joseph G. Robbins, Westfield, Mass. Class of 1868. Miss Jane A. Holt, Springfield, Mass. Class of 1868. Miss Harriet F. Brooks, North Adams, Mass. Class of 1884. Mrs. Ida Sprague Strong, Southampton, Mass. Class of 1898. Miss Lora S. Phinney, Haydenville, Mass. Class of 1903. The next meeting of the Association will be held at Westfield in 1913. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. CALENDAR FOR 19 U. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., March 20, 1911, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 16, 1911. GRADUATION. Wednesday, 2 p.m., June 21, 1911. EXAMINATIONS FOR ADMISSION. First Entrance Examination. Thursday and Friday, 9 a.m., June 22 and 23, 1911. Second Entrance Examination. Tuesday and Wednesday, 9 a.m., September 5 and 6, 1911. Entrance examinations on the dates given above begin at 9 a.m., in the assembly hall. Candidates are to be present at the opening on the first day. They should come prepared to stay in September. If students are obliged to stay over night during the June examinations, accommo- dations may be had at Dickinson Hall. The school is in session every week day except Monday ; on Saturdays, school closes at noon. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. CALENDAR FOR SCHOOL YEAR, 19JM2. FALL TERM/ Thursday, 9 a.m., Sept. 7, 1911, to Saturday, 12 m., Dec. 2, 1911. WINTER TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., Dec. 4, 1911, to Saturday, 12 m., March 16, 1912. SPRING TERM. Monday, 9 a.m., March 18, 1912, to Friday, 4 p.m., June 14, 1912. GRADUATION. Tuesday, 2 p.m., June 18, 1912. VACATIONS. Spring. From Saturday, 12 m., April 29, 1911, to Monday, May 8, 1911. Thanksgiving. From Wednesday, 12 m., preceding Thanksgiving Day, to the following Monday. Christmas. From Friday, 4 p.m., Dec. 22, 1911, to Monday, Jan. 1, 1912. Winter. From Saturday, 12 M., Feb. 24, 1912, to Monday, March 4, 1912. Spring. From Saturday, 12 M., April 27, 1912, to Monday, May 6, 1912. i Those seniors who are assigned to the training school for the fall term will begin their school year Tuesday, Sept. 5, 1911, at 9 A.M. Westfield Normal School. HISTORICAL SKETCH, With the single exception of the Framingham Normal School, which was first opened at Lexington July 3, 1839, the Westfield Normal School is the oldest in America. It was established at Barre, Sept. 4, 1839, and was transferred to TTestfield in 1844. The total number of pupils admitted to this school is 5,210. Since 1855, the date of the first formal graduation, 2,245 students have received diplomas on the completion of the prescribed course of study. LOCATION. Westfield, a beautiful town of about 16,000 inhabitants, is located on the main line of the Boston & Albany Rail- road, and on the Northampton division of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad. Springfield is distant but nine miles, Holyoke ten, Chicopee twelve, and Northampton sixteen. Electrics run from the railroad station past the school and connect Westfield with Huntington, Springfield, and Holyoke. The service is excellent, and the program of recitations is so arranged that most pupils residing in adjoining cities and towns can live at home. Westfield is noted for its fine streets, overarched by stately elms, and for the beauty of the surrounding country. Facili- ties for healthful exercise, as well as for the out-door study of geography and natural science, are abundant. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS. The normal school building was occupied for the first time April 18,1892. It is an imposing and commodious structure of red brick, with trimmings of brown stone and Roman- 10 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. esque portals, is 140 feet long and 118 feet deep, and con- tains accommodations for 175 normal students, as well as for 100 pupils of the training schools. The entire building is finished in the best selected quartered oak ; the labora- tories are liberally supplied with the best of modern appa- ratus and an abundance of specimens ; and the studios, class rooms, and workshop are equipped with all necessary materials for students of the manual arts. The assembly hall is a beautiful room, 60 feet square, with movable desks and chairs ; on the walls hang architectural representations of classical structures and reproductions of some of the masterpieces of painting by Rembrandt, Velasques, Michael Angelo, Corot, and Frans Hals. The library contains about 4,000 volumes, and is an effective working collection of well- selected books. Probably no school building in the State has a more complete equipment for preparing teachers to fill positions in the best of modern schools. Dickinson Hall is a pleasant and comfortable dormitory and boarding hall, located adjacent to the school building, and furnishing accommodations for about 70 students. The gymnasium of the school is located in this building. A fuller description may be found on page 37, under the caption " Dickinson Hall." TRAINING SCHOOLS. In the normal school building are three rooms, accommo- dating 100 pupils of the kindergarten and primary grades of the public schools. The State has erected a new training school building at a cost of $45,000, on the site of the old normal school on Washington Street, within a stone's throw of Dickinson Hall. This building contains ten class rooms, with ample accom- modations for 420 children from grades four to nine inclu- sive, a library, principal's office, teachers' room, an assembly hall with seats for 500, play rooms, and is furnished with STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 11 an electric time service and a liberal equipment for the teach- ing of all school subjects. There are available for training purposes in both buildings thirteen rooms, containing more than 500 pupils. The pupils of the senior class of the normal school are divided into three sections, each section devoting the entire time of one term of thirteen weeks to observation and teach- ing in the training schools under expert supervision. Thus ample provision has been made for training teachers for the actual work of their profession. GENERAL AIM OF THE SCHOOL, The Board of Education, by a vote passed May 6, 1880, stated the design of the school and the course of studies for the State normal schools, as follows : — The design of the normal school is strictly professional ; that is, to prepare in the best possible manner the pupils for the work of organ- izing, governing, and teaching the public schools of the Common- wealth. To this end there must be the most thorough knowledge, first, of the branches of learning required to be taught in the schools ; second, of the best methods of teaching these branches ; and third, of rio-ht mental training. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. Candidates for admission to any one of the normal schools must, if young women, have attained the age of sixteen years, and if young men, the age of seventeen years, and be graduates of an approved high school (or must have received the equivalent of a good high school education). PHYSICIANS' CERTIFICATES AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS. Every candidate is required to present a certificate from a reliable physician, stating that he or she is physically fitted to undertake the contemplated course of study, and giving 12 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 7 information as to any physical weakness the candidate may have. Blank certificates may be found at the back part of this catalogue. MORAL CHARACTER. Candidates must present certificates of good moral char- acter. In deciding whether they shall prepare themselves to become teachers, candidates should note that the vocation requires more than mere freedom from disqualifying defects ; it demands virtues of a positive sort that shall make their impress for good upon those who are taught. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD. It may be said, in general, that if the ordinary work of a good statutory high school is well done, candidates should have no difficulty in meeting the academic tests to which they may be subjected. They cannot be too earnestly urged, however, to avail themselves of the best high school facilities attainable in a four years' course, even though they should pursue studies to an extent not insisted on or take studies not prescribed in the admission requirements. The importance of a good record in the high school cannot be overestimated. Principals are requested to furnish the normal schools with records of the high school standing of candidates. While examination or certification is required of all candidates for admission, the main purpose of these is to satisfy the examiners as to the fitness of the applicant to undertake the work of the school. It is entirely unlikely that any one will be rejected who can furnish the endorse- ment of the principal of a reputable high school. WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS. All candidates for the regular and kindergarten courses must pass satisfactory examinations, as indicated below (see also caption following ' ' Admission on certification from high schools "). STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 13 I . Language. — (a) English, with its grammar and lit- erature, and (b) either Latin or French. II. Mathematics. — (a) The elements of algebra and (b) the elements of plane geometry. III. United States History. — The history and civil gov- ernment of Massachusetts and the United States, with related geography and so much of English history as is directly contributory to a knowledge of United States history. IV. Science. — (a) Physiology and hygiene and (b and c) any two of the following : physics, chemistry, physical geog- raphy and botany, provided one of the two selected is either physics or chemistry. V. Drawing and Music. — (a) Elementary mechanical and freehand drawing, with any one of the topics, — form, color and arrangement, and (b) music. GENERAL REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS. No candidate will be accepted whose written English is notably deficient in clear and accurate expression, spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division of paragraphs, or whose spoken English exhibits faults so serious as to make it inex- pedient for the normal school to attempt their correction. The candidate's English, therefore, in all oral and written examinations will be subject to the requirements implied in the statement here made and marked accordingly. ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATION FROM HIGH SCHOOLS. Candidates from high schools which are on the certificate list of the New England College Entrance Examination Board may be admitted to any of the State normal schools without examination in any subject required for admission in which they have attained a standing of B, or 80 per cent., as certified by the principal of the school. Candidates from high schools not in the college certificate list may be admitted on similar conditions, if the high schools are ap- proved for the purpose by the State Board of Education. 14 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. High schools desiring this approval should correspond with the Commissioner of Education, Dr. David Snedden, Boston, Mass. Graduates of colleges are admitted without examination. SPECIAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS, I. LANGUAGE. (a) English. — The subjects for the examination in Eng- lish will be the same as those agreed upon by the colleges and high technical schools of New England and now quite generally adopted throughout the United States. Reading and Practice A limited number of books will be set for reading. The candidate will be required to present evidence of a general knowledge of the subject- matter and spirit of the books, and to answer simple ques- tions on the lives of the authors. The form of examination will usually be the writing of a paragraph or two on each of a few topics to be chosen by the candidate from a con- siderable number set before him in the examination paper. The books for study in 1909-1912 are: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L'Allegro; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address ; Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. (b) Either Latin or French. — The translation at sight of simple prose or verse, with questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions, and the writing of simple prose based in part or in full on the passage selected. II. MATHEMATICS. (a) The elements of algebra through affected quadratic equations. (b) The elements of plane geometry. While there is no formal examination in arithmetic, the STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. 15 importance of a practical working acquaintance with its principles and processes cannot be too strongly emphasized. The candidate's proficiency in this subject will be incident- ally tested in its applications to other subjects. III. UNITED STATES HISTORY. Any school text book on United States history will enable candidates to meet this requirement, provided they study enough of geography to illumine the history and make themselves familiar with the grander features of government in Massachusetts and the United States. Collateral reading in United States history is strongly advised, also in English history, so far as this history bears conspicuously on that of the United States. IV. SCIENCE. (a) Physiology and Hygiene. — The chief elementary facts of anatomy, the general functions of the various organs, the more obvious rules of health, and the more striking effects of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and stimulants upon those addicted to their use. (b and c) Any two of the following sciences, — physics, chemistry, botany, physical geography, provided one of the two is either physics or chemistry. — The chief elementary facts of the subject selected, so far as they may be presented in the courses usually devoted to them in good high schools. It will be a distinct advantage to the candidate if his prepa- ration includes a certain amount of individual laboratory work. V. DRAWING AND MUSIC. (a) Drawing. — Mechanical and freehand drawing, — enough to enable the candidate to draw a simple object, like a box or a pyramid or a cylinder, with plan and elevation to scale, and to make a freehand sketch of the same in per- spective. Also any one of the three topics, — form, color, and arrangement. 16 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. (b) Music. — Such elementary facts as an instructor should know in teaching singing in the schools, including major and minor keys, simple two, three, four, and six part measures, the fractional divisions of the pulse or beat, the chromatic scale, the right use of the foregoing elements in practice, and the translation into musical notation of simple melodies or of time phrases sung or played. IMPORTANCE OF ADEQUATE PREPARATION. Candidates should measure their duty of making adequate preparation not wholly by the subjects selected and the papers set for the admission examinations, but by the larger demands their chosen vocation is sure to make upon them. The more generous and thorough, therefore, the preparation of the candidate, the greater the likelihood of profiting by the normal school, of completing the elementary course on time, of securing employment after graduation, and of doing creditable work as a teacher. EQUIVALENTS. Special cases that raise questions of equivalents will be considered on their merits. DIVISION OF THE EXAMINATIONS. Candidates may be admitted to preliminary examinations a year in advance of their final examinations, provided they offer themselves in one or more of the following groups, each group to be presented in full : — I. French. II. Mathematics. III. United States history. IV. Science. V. Drawing and music. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WEST FIELD. 17 Preliminary Examinations can be taken in June only. Every candidate for a preliminary examination must pre- sent a certificate of preparation in the group or groups chosen, or in the subjects thereof, the form of certificate to be substantially as follows : — lias been a pupil in the School for years, and is, in my judg- ment, prepared to pass the normal school preliminary examination in the following group or groups of subjects and the divisions thereof : — Signature of principal or teacher,. Address , The group known as I. Language (Latin and English) must be reserved for the final examinations. It will doubt- less be found generally advisable in practice that the group known as IV. Science should also be so reserved. While division of the final or complete examinations be- tween June and September is permissible, it is important both for the normal school and for the candidate that the work laid out for the September examinations, which so closely precede the opening of the normal schools, shall be kept down to a minimum. Candidates for the final or com- plete examinations are earnestly advised, therefore, to pre- sent themselves in June. EXAMINATION DATES. The admission examinations are held at the several normal school buildings in accordance with the following schedule : — 1911. — Thursday and Friday, June 22 and 23 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 5 and 6. 1912. — Thursday and Friday, June 22 and 23 ; Tuesday and Wednesday, September 5 and 6. 18 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. TIMES OF ADMISSION. New classes will be admitted only at the beginning of the fall term, and, as the studies of the course are arranged progressively from that time, it is important that students shall present themselves for duty at that time. In individual cases exceptions to this requirement are permissible, but only after due examination, and upon the understanding that the admission shall be at a time convenient to the school and to such classes only as the candidate is qualified to join. TUITION AND EXPENSES. Tuition and text books are free to residents of Massachu- setts. Pupils from other States than Massachusetts, attending normal schools supported by this State, are required to pay at the beginning of each half-year session the sum of $25 to the principal of the school attended for tuition, except that in the Normal Art School the sum paid to the principal at the beginning of the session by each pupil from another State will be $50 for each half-year. For cost of board, see " Dickinson Hall," below. STATE AID. To assist those students who find it difficult to meet the expense of the course, a small pecuniary aid is furnished by the State in varying sums. Aid is not furnished during the first half-year of attend- ance, nor to students whose scholarship is unsatisfactory. Applications for this aid are to be made to the principal in writing, and must be accompanied by a certificate from a person competent to testify, stating that the applicant needs the aid. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 19 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. This school oilers (1) a general two years' course, (2) a three years' course, (3) a kindergarten course, (4) a special course for teachers, and (5) a special course of one year for college graduates. I. GENERAL TWO YEARS' COURSE. The general course of study for two years comprises the following subjects : — 1. Psychology, history of education, principles of teach- ing, methods of instruction and discipline, school organiza- tion, school laws of Massachusetts. 2. Methods of teaching the following subjects : — (a) English, — reading, language, composition, litera- ture, history. (b) Mathematics, — arithmetic, elementary algebra, and geometry. (c) Science, — elementary physics and chemistry, geog- raphy, physiology and hygiene, study of minerals, plants, and animals. (d) Drawing, vocal music, physical training, manual training. 3. Observation and practice in the training school, and observation in other public schools. The amount of work in this course is so great that only those who enter upon it most thoroughly prepared can hope to complete it, with the required practice, in the time assigned to it. Others need not expect to finish it in two years. For a more detailed account of this course, see pages 21-33. II. THREE YEARS' COURSE. The Commissioner of Education and the principal of any normal school may arrange for a third year of study and prac- tice in teaching under supervision for its graduates, when- 20 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. ever in their judgment such action is desirable. The object of this course shall be a more complete mastery of the topics arranged for the regular two years' course and further work in the training schools ; this work in the training schools shall be under the direct supervision of a teacher of the normal school or of a teacher specially approved for that purpose. III. KINDERGARTEN COURSE. The kindergarten course requires two years for its comple- tion. The first year's work is the same as that of the general two years' course, except that child study, sociology and history are substituted for English grammar and geography. During the second year the pupil spends all her mornings in the practical work of the kindergarten, and her afternoons in the study of the theory and the history of the kindergarten. Every candidate for this course should have not only the qualifications required for admission to the general two years' course, but should in addition have some facility in playing the piano and in singing. Students pay the cost of materials used by them, but this expense does not exceed ten dollars for the course. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR TEACHERS. Teachers of three years' experience in teaching, who give evidence of maturity, good scholarship, and of aptness to teach, may, with the consent of the principal and of the Commissioner of Education, select a course which may be completed in one year ; and when such course is successfully completed, they shall receive a certificate for the same. V. SPECIAL COURSE FOR COLLEGE GRADUATES. College graduates may be admitted to the State normal schools without examination, and may receive a diploma after satisfactorily completing a course of one year, requir- STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 21 ing at least twenty recitation periods per week and includ- ing the advanced pedagogy and practice of the senior year. Experienced observers of public-school problems are agreed that the high schools can no longer furnish employ- ment for all college graduates who wish to teach. An in- creasing number of such graduates must hereafter find their work in the grammar schools. It is for this class especially that course V has been planned. GENERAL PLAN OF TWO YEARS' COURSE. Xo outline can accurately represent the spirit and method of a school. The following topical arrangement should be understood as merely suggestive : — PSYCHOLOGY. There are two courses in psychology, one for the junior and one for the senior year. The work given is in part in- dicated in the following statement : — 1. Elementary Psychology. — This course includes (a) the grosser anatomy and the physiology of the central nervous system; the sense organs and their hygiene; (b) the ele- mentary and more complex mental processes in their de- velopment and connections ; (c) the physical basis of mental growth and development; (d) several papers on personal reminiscences by each member of the class ; (e) the study of and report on some standard reminiscent study or life. AngelTs Psychology is used as the text, with free use of other standard elementary texts. ^ 2. Child Study or Genetic Psychology. — A study of some of the chief features in the physical and mental life of the child from the genetic standpoint ; the beginnings of mental life in the child and in animals ; the conditions of mental development ; the development of motor control and ability ; perception and apperception in their development and edu- 22 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. cational bearings ; attention and will in development and in education ; and other types of mental activity in the same method of treatment as time may make possible. Most of the classic studies in this subject are available for this work, and many of the striking results of the great studies have been charted and are used in the department. HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 1. American Education. — (About fifteen lessons, the first two or three being inductive and without any assigned reading.) — The Massachusetts public school system, his- torically and descriptive ; the beginnings of public education in New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia ; in the west, in the south, in the northwest; higher education of women in America ; the origin and development of normal schools in the United States ; the influence of European thought and practice ; educational extension ; American educational biog- raphy, (a) one man and (b) one woman ; the movement for industrial education. The standard texts are available for this work in the history of education which consists of about thirty-seven lessons spread over the entire junior year. Paul Monroe's Text- book and Briefer Course are used as general guides. 2. European Education. — Greek, Hellenistic, and Roman education in theory and practice ; the aim in each nation and the adaptability of the means used to the attainment of the aim ; the value of the aim in each case ; Jewish education ; early Christianity and education ; mediaeval education, cul- minating in the Renaissance and humanism ; these latter as containing the germs of modern philosophy, modern educa- tion, and the newer theory of life ; educational criticism and the practice of the " innovators ; " the constructive educators from Comenius to Herbart and Herbert Spencer ; the shifting emphasis in educational theory and practice as seen in the various standpoints of verbalism, realism, naturalism, and STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 23 the disciplinary, psychological, and sociological theories of education. The work requires assigned reading and refer- ence work, reports, and extensive reading of the educational classics of Comenius, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Her- bart, Spencer, Horace Mann, etc. The standard texts and classics are available for this work. Paul Monroe's Text-book and Briefer Course are followed in the main and freely consulted as texts. The course con- sists of about thirty-seven lessons. PEDAGOGY, SCHOOL LAW, AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT. The application to teaching of the principles developed in the course in psychology and the history of education out- lined above ; a study of methodology ; a systematic and critical examination of the opinions of leading educators on school organization and economy ; a study of the principles and art of school government, both from the standpoint of the adult and of child study, with special reference also to the use of school discipline as an agency in the moral cul- ture of the child ; the discussion of the curriculum of elemen- tary schools ; the preparation on pedagogical and hygienic principles of programs for graded and ungraded schools ; lectures on such portions of the school laws of Massachusetts as are needed to enable the teacher to know the rights and the duties of her profession ; the theory of the proper heat- ing, ventilating, and lighting of schoolrooms, with practical suggestions for the same ; frequent conferences with pupils 'teaching in the training schools. METHODS. The schoolroom application of the work in arithmetic, literature, history, etc.; phonetics; primary reading ; story telling ; board work ; the art of adult reading, silent and oral ; preparation of bibliographies in the subject-matter of the first six grades of school life, etc. 24 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. SOCIOLOGY. The course covers one term in the senior year and in- volves several kinds of work and as many ways of doing it : (a) from fixe to eight formal lectures by the instructor; (b) class discussions on assigned readings from the texts ; (c) an individual study of and a written report by each student on some one of the list of topics, which is expected to treat the subject as exhaustively and intensively as the time and the materials will allow. Some of the subjects treated in an elementary manner in (a) and (b) are these: the causes that have contributed to the rise of the science of sociology ; the nature, aim, mate- rials, and method of the science ; the rise and function of the leading social institutions ; the social ideal and the social spirit; social pathology, therapeutics, and hygiene; the sociology of the teaching profession. Some of the topics from which selections are made for the work under (c) are these: retardation in the schools; child labor in America ; the criminal and his treatment ; poverty and its causes ; Dickens and his services for child- hood ; the professional institutions (after Spencer and Bryce) ; juvenile reform schools; social and university settlements ; Chad wick and public hygiene in England, together with the rise of State boards of health in America ; the social teaching of Joseph Mazzini ; some phases of the race problem in America ; some social Utopias ; the rural school problem ; industrial education ; the wage-earning woman; home economics; co-operation amongst laborers; prisoners and prison reform. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE. Preparation. — Field and laboratory work arc combined with a thorough classroom drill in the best pedagogical methods for the 'presentation of biology in the graded STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 25 schools. The out-of-door study is supplemented Ivy the use of aquaria, vivaria, a practical school garden, and sim- ilar helps. As an aid for preparation the school possesses an excellent reference library in science, an abundance of working material in both plants and animals, and a valuable cabinet collection, all of which it may be fairly said are unsurpassed by other schools of like rank. Equipment. — Among the cabinet and working material especial mention should be made of the Scott collection of local birds and their eggs, prepared and presented by a former principal of the school, and including all the com- mon New England species ; the stuffed fishes, both salt and fresh- water forms ; the insects, which are particularly rich in dragonflies and the various species injurious to vegeta- tion ; the fresh-water mussels, presented by the United States Bureau of Fisheries, and one of the finest collections in America; the tropical fruits, including blossoms, buds, and perfected fruits of nearly all the kinds that possess com- mercial value ; a very full and choice set of mounted native seaweeds and an equally fine herbarium of local plants ; a series of charts, casts, and models illustrating human anat- omy, and a full set of histological preparations, showing the structure and tissues of the human body; and, finally, a particularly extensive working collection of ores, min- erals, rocks, and fossils. Course of Study. Autumn. — The topics making up the course are arranged according to the season. At the open- ing of school in September work is begun on the general characteristics of plants and animals, special attention being paid to habits, modes of life, and economic relations. Tvpes are selected from the local fauna and flora, with Avhich the pupils are required to become acquainted from actual obser- vation. The economic value of the facts thus secured are then discussed in the class room, together with the best methods of presenting such work in the graded schools. 26 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WEST FIELD. Later in the fall especial attention is given to the prepara- tion made by plants and animals for passing the winter, and practical demonstrations are worked out by the pupils in the school garden and in the fields. Winter. — Life itself is next considered, together with its principal manifestations, and the laws of heredity and transmission. This introduces the physiology and hygiene of the human body. So far as is necessary anatomy is illustrated by models and casts, while microscopic structure is demonstrated by a large collection of finely stained sections. But only so much of such work is given as is necessary for a rational understanding of hygiene and the many practical questions concerning bodily health about which every teacher should be well informed. With this latter purpose in view, the germ theory of disease ; the treatment of contagious dis- eases in the school-room ; the problems of vaccination, dis- infection, quarantine, and school sanitation ; the transmission of various diseases by animal and insect agencies ; the value of hospitals, sanitariums, and pest-houses ; the necessity for good drinking water, hygienic cooking, and sanitary cloth- ing ; a rational and orderly presentation of the effects pro- duced by alcohol upon the body and mind ; the physiological influence of the mind upon the body, and many other im- portant phases of hygiene are carefully and thoroughly dis- cussed. As thus presented, the faithful student is furnished with a fund of information which will be of the greatest practical value in her own life and in her work as a teacher. Spring. — As spring opens, attention is naturally directed to the awakening life everywhere manifest, the opening buds and sprouting seeds, the returning birds, and the emergence of various animals and plants from their winter hibernation. The latest and most improved methods of bird study are presented, and the frogs' eggs are used as types of animal development. STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 27 Among the plants, typical flowers are taken as they appear, and are studied with reference to their plan and structure, their parts and the functions of each, inflorescence, tcrt Uization and growth, and finally the fruit. Special atten- tion is given to economic plant products, such as tropical fruits, spices, india rubber, vegetable oils, drugs, medicines, dye-stuffs, etc. Enough work is also accomplished with the common flowerless plants, mosses, lichens, fungi, and the like, to enable the student to recognize their great value in the economy of nature, and to deal intelligently with them in the graded schools. The value of our forests and the uses of the various kinds of lumber are closely related with the work in manual training. In the field work the students are taught to utilize their immediate surroundings ; by this method they are certain of obtaining an abundance of material wherever they may chance to teach. A course in natural science for elementary schools is out- lined, and instruction is given in obtaining, preparing, and using suitable materials for class-room presentation. PHYSICS. Physics is presented with a two-fold aim. Its culture value is beyond question ; its practicability appears on every hand. From the culture side the student becomes familiar through actual experience with the leading physical discoveries of the day. The laboratory is well supplied with a large amount of apparatus for demonstrating theories of sound, light, and many applications of electricity, among which may be mentioned the X-rays and wireless telegraphy according to the Marconi system. The course consists of twenty-six recitation periods, with an equal amount of time given to laboratorj T work. Laws 28 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. governing some of the utilities of life are derived from the investigation of various appliances, for example, the sewing machine ; water motor, electric motor, gas engine ; efficiency of the tireless cooker used both as a cooker and as a refrig- erator ; efficiency of the various types of vacuum bottles ; relative efficiency of gas, kerosene, electric, and alcohol stoves ; cost of illuminating by various types of gas burners, electric lights, kerosene, and alcohol. Much opportunity is given for applied mathematics, and the rational interpreta- tion of formulae. After the course has been satisfactorily finished, the student should be able to present clearly to her pupils such parts of the subject as seems desirable. The aim of the course is to give the student that intelli- gent information which is the valuable asset of the success- ful teacher. CHEMISTRY. To the prospective teacher health is of the greatest im- portance ; under ordinary circumstances a sound body means a vigorous mind, industrious habits, and a cheerful disposi- tion. The systematic study of few sciences has so direct a bearing as has chemistry in teaching students to appreciate properly their own bodies and to guard themselves against the quack nostrums and questionable remedies of daily life. Foods, beverages, drugs, and medicines are analysed, and helpful as well as harmful properties determined. A knowl- edge of the dangerous effects of acetanilid preparations has well-nigh driven out the use of grippe and headache powders among the students of this school ; while the fact that the local board of health depends in some measure upon analyses made by students in this course gives importance to the tasks undertaken, fosters care in the working habits of students, and inspires them with the sense of responsibility which every good citizen should have. The analysis of water and milk; the determination of the amount of alcohol in patenl medicines, "soft drinks," and other beverages; STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 29 the search for coal-tar products, etc., — these are other ap- plication^ of the efforts made to provide for the physical well-being of students through a knowledge of chemical laws; while the removal of stains, the preparation of essences, perfumes, etc., and correlation with the depart- ment of manual arts whereby materials to be used in that department are dyed or otherwise prepared, are illustrations of the "practical" turn given this science, whereby a con- siderable saving of money to the student is made possible. It is believed that the knowledge thus gained, through the missionary work of students who become teachers, will reach thousands of pupils, to their permanent advantage. In a word, the aim of this course is to create, if necessary, and to foster a real interest in the great science of chemis- try ; to give a broader outlook on life, and to create a belief that every teacher is a real factor in the busy, living world ; and to furnish the thoughtful, painstaking student with in- formation by which she can keep both body and mind in an alert, healthy condition. GEOGRAPHY. The work in geography covers two terms in the junior year. The following outline is suggestive of the work that is attempted : — 1. Home geography : what subjects are appropriate, how to work them out and teach them to the children of the proper grade. 2. Larger type studies as a basis of unification in geogra- phy. These types are chosen from the United States and Europe. 3. Geographic forces, especially as seen in the United States and Europe. 4. The physiographic structure of North America and Europe, with brief comparative study of the other conti- nents. 30 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. 5. The economic and commercial geography of the United States and Europe in brief outline. 6. The earth and man in their more significant interrela- tions. THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Reading. — A study of the principles underlying the art of good reading, both silent and oral. English Grammar and Composition. — A review of the principles of English grammar as an aid to correct speaking and writing ; an examination of the common mistakes in oral and written speech, with constant practice in the spell- ing of words persistently misspelled ; a study of correct usage in social forms ; with an effort to develop, by practice and comparison with the works of the best writers of Eng- lish, an ability to frame paragraphs and compositions. English and American Literature. — A study of the world's classics from the standpoint of the child, and an effort to make prospective teachers familiar with the litera- ture of childhood, — that literature which is finding a place in the best elementary schools of America. Such time as may be left will be devoted to an appreciative consideration of the literary productions an acquaintance with which is held to be the characteristic of a well-informed, cultured woman and teacher. HISTORY. United States History and Civics. — No teacher is worthy a place in the public schools who is not reasonably familiar with the history and government of the United States. Technicalities will be avoided ; effort will be made con- stantly to awaken an interest in the life of the people, not only by paying attention to the industrial and social devel- opment of the nation, but also by comparing life to-day — travel, education, amusements, etc., — with the correspond- ing feat urei s of American life in the past. This subject STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. 31 should give a peculiarly valuable training in the use of books and the preparation of special topics. General History. — A study of the way history has grown, the myths and legends of the past and their relation to the history and literature of to-day ; the acquisition of a skele- ton of history, ancient, mediaeval, and modern ; and a special study of the great characters and events in the history of all nations, with the purpose of adapting it to the needs of school children, particularly those in grades III. to VI. An effort will be made to make students familiar with those publications which are used by children in the best schools. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic. — The aim of this course is to give students a thorough familiarity with arithmetical processes and a log- ical method of presenting the subject, as well as to teach them to be self-reliant, efficient, accurate, and quick to ap- preciate and apply. The importance of the reason for proc- esses and methods, and the way in which a child may be led to discover and apply them ; a criticism of text books in arithmetic ; a study of diagrams as an aid in developing mathematical concepts ; the use and abuse of short cuts, — these are some of the topics presented in this subject. Algebra. — The course in algebra aims to develop a facility in the use of algebraic processes and a thorough understand- ing of the reasons underlying every operation. Geometry. — A study of lines, angles, and surfaces with I reference to their applications in every-day experience, with considerable practice in the use of simple instruments. MUSIC. The aim in the presentation of music is to make students proficient in singing and teaching such musical selections as are taught in the first six grades of the public schools. This 32 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WE ST FIELD. is done through actual individual singing of the slips of the Weaver Music System, supplemented by such information and practice as is required by the series under considera- tion, such attention to musical notation as may be necessary, and practice in teaching the same to normal school students. Much attention throughout the course is paid to the mechanics of music, to voice culture, ear training, and musical appre- ciation. PHYSICAL TRAINING. The work in physical training affords an opportunity for regular and systematic exercise in the gymnasium and on the campus. It includes the Swedish drill of free standing exercises, marching, running, jumping, carefully selected movements upon stationary apparatus, games, folk, and aesthetic dancing. The campus affords an opportunity for out-of-door recreation in tennis, basket ball, etc. MANUAL ARTS. These courses include various projects or problems which have in view the unification of the studio and the shop, and their relation to the public. The work aims to develop in the student analytic and synthetic views of the subject. The former gives a knowledge of the principles of repre- sentation in the outline, light and dark, and the use of color. The history of architecture, sculpture, and painting, and the study of the mediums used in the hand work, are noted with reference to their bearing upon our present social prob- lems. The principles of beauty in line and color and form are taught as a basis for the synthetic method in picture study and design. The creative side is emphasized in the belief that in the field of design lies the greatest number of human interests. Applications of the principles of beauty are made in all STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 33 phases of school work and social life, and to different branches of the local trades. The subject-matter is analyzed and arranged for the grades of the elementary schools, and outlines, lesson plans, models, and practice teaching are required of all students in this department. 34 STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. W GO 1 00 < 1 3 £ 6 D 00 O 8 , bo ft SB p OS o bC O OB O >1 bO O © si - i- bC C o o § 60 as" ,a O o >> pq - 3 o w r~. Ph Ph ft *# CO CI 03 So - .2 O GO o .2 art 3 fl ^3 f*l J-c in a> i>» ,c <* fi O a W § Ph Ph ft -* CI 5 s •3 O bo J* o .E w O STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, WESTFIELD. 35 pa V i ■*> ■* (M CO so ' -M - ' co (M < 1 <*» - 1 (M CO so -* . _>» GO a ©~ ^ © 5 - z o >, r. br (C - hf) o g F, •a - ~ i; P .- D o «2 03 5 5 s C5 o C >> & 3 eg © o 6 . co -* - o» i co cc - > _§ o kl GO © fc^ g on 0Q -z >> 5 „ b 3 5 r" 03 _2 a c s 2 ^ 'go O cc — o -J © 'J s 3 3 S 2 o © d -* o< ' •«* ffl "* co ' CN - 1 PQ i es co i (M *# CO -* 01 ~ . u o p o o ©